The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSouthwest Civil Contracting Inc; 2008-05-27; PWS08-22ENGDOC# 2009-0201759 I I Recording requested by: | IT^ v CITY OF CARLSBAD \V When recorded mail to: City Clerk City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Dr. Carlsbad, CA 92008 APR 20, 2009 3:53 PM OFFICIAL RECORDS SAN DIEGO COUNTY RECORDER'S OFFICE DAVID L. BUTLER. COUNTY RECORDER FEES: 0.00 PAGES: Space above this line for Recorder's Use NOTICE OF COMPLETION Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full name of the undersigned is Carlsbad Municipal Water District (CMWD), a municipal corporation. 3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008. 4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. 5. A work or improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on January 13, 2009. 6. The name of the contractor for such work of improvement is Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. 7. The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as Project No. 38581, Water Distribution System - Rancho Carrillo Over Sizing and Extension. CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT -for GLENN PRUI Public Works Director VERIFICATION OF SECRETARY I, the undersigned, say: I am the Secretary of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008. The Executive Manager of said District on / */ , 2009, accepted the above described work as completed and ordered <3flUWSr. that a Notice of Completion be filed. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct Executed on (Llf^JJLt.Q 2009, at Carlsbad, California. ^A'<. CARLSBAD ICIPAL WATER DISTRICT /LORRAINE M. W00D Secretary CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS COMPLETION OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS The contractor, Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. has constructed the improvements required for CIP Project No. 38581, Water Distribution System - Rancho Carrillo Over Sizing and Extension and has requested that the Carlsbad Municipal Water District accept the public improvements. City forces have inspected the public improvements and found them to be satisfactory. The public improvements consist of: IMPROVEMENTS VALUE Water $78,167 PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS & pTGIelenn Pruim, PUblic Works Dil^ctor Date CITY MANAGER'S/EXECUTIVE MANAGER'S ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS The construction of the above described public improvements is deemed complete and hereby accepted. The City Clerk or Secretary to the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to record the Notice of Completion and release the bonds in accordance with State Law and City Ordinances. The City oACarlsbacLand CstflsbaeT^unicipal Water District are hereby directed to commence maintaining (the aJ^e\desc/bBdRnwovements. LISA bHLDX Y/W^fDate1 I l Is / APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL, City Attorney By:.A^ Deputy tnty~Attorney T K:\CAPITAL-ACTIVE\3858 Water Dist System-Rho Carrillo\API (CMWD).doc CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL, AND TECHNICAL PROVISIONS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 38581 BID NO. PWS08-22ENG Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 1 of 103 Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids 6 Contractor's Proposal 10 Bid Security Form 17 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 18 Guide for Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form 20 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 22 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 23 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation 24 Bidder's Statement of Re Debarment 25 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 26 Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 28 Contract Public Works 29 Labor and Materials Bond 35 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 37 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 39 Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 2 of 103 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms 42 1-2 Definitions 43 1-3 Abbreviations 47 1-4 Units of Measure 50 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 52 2-2 Assignment 52 2-3 Subcontracts 52 2-4 Contract Bonds 53 2-5 Plans and Specifications 54 2-6 Workto be Done 58 2-7 Subsurface Data 58 2-8 Right-of-Way 58 2-9 Surveying 58 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer 62 2-11 Inspection 63 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor 64 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 64 3-3 Extra Work 65 3-4 Changed Conditions 68 3-5 Disputed Work 69 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship 72 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage 76 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location 77 5-2 Protection 77 5-3 Removal 78 5-4 Relocation 78 5-5 Delays 79 5-6 Cooperation 79 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work 80 6-2 Prosecution of Work 83 6-3 Suspension of Work 84 6-4 Default by Contractor 84 6-5 Termination of Contract 85 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time 85 6-7 Time of Completion 86 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty 87 6-9 Liquidated Damages 87 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction 87 Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 3 of 103 Pages Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 88 7-2 Labor 88 7-3 Liability Insurance 88 7-4 Workers'Compensation Insurance 88 7-5 Permits 89 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 89 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 89 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 90 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 92 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 92 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 98 7-12 Advertising 98 7-13 Lawsto be Observed 98 7-14 Antitrust Claims 98 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel - NOT USED Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 99 9-2 Lump Sum Work 99 9-3 Payment 99 Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 4 of 103 Pages TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 02 - SITE WORK 02050 Demolition 02140 Dewatering 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting 02517 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02550 Asphalt Concrete Pavement and Base DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03290 Joints in Concrete 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03370 Concrete Curing 03740 Concrete Repair DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09900 Painting and Coating 09902 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances 15041 Disinfection of Piping 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe 15074 Blowoff Assemblies 15092 Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances 15099 Process Valves, Regulators and Miscellaneous Valves 15100 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 15108 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve and Combination Air Valve Assemblies APPENDIX A - UTILITY DRAWINGS APPENDIX B - STANDARD DRAWINGS A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 5 of 103 Pages CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS UNTIL 2:00 PM ON APRIL 29, 2008, the Carlsbad Municipal Water District (District) shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: installing an air vacuum valve, a blow off valve, 145 linear feet of 8" and 57 linear feet of 10" PVC water line, constructing thrust blocks, and hot tapping existing water pipelines. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 BID NO. PWS08-22ENG INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the District to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the District or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. Sections 2 & 3. 2006 Edition, all hereinafter designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 6 of 103 Pages The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The Carlsbad Municipal Water District encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly executed including notarization where indicated are: 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $64.000. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the District by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the District. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: Class A ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 7 of 103 OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $25.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The Carlsbad Municipal Water District reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the District's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. PRE BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 8 of 103 ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the District until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the District may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The District does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the District is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the District may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, California, by Resolution No. 1314, adopted on the 18™ day of March 20, 2008. Date Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 9 of 103 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL Board of Directors Carlsbad Municipal Water District 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3858 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: SCHEDULE "A" Approximate Item Quantity Unit No. Description and Unit Price Total A-1 Mobilization and Not to $ <OQO $ b,QOD demobilization at p\fc^ T>te>U5rtM.k _ Exceed — _ $5,000 Dollars (Lump Sum) A-2 Install 8" PVC C900 - Class 145 LF $ $ ( 200 including fittings, excavation, backfill, compaction, imported sand, asphalt paving, restriping, reflective pavement markers, and incidentals as shown in the drawings and specified in the specifications at Dollars per Linear Feet Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 10 of 103 Pages Item No. A-3 A-4 A- 5 A-6 A-7 Description Install 10" PVC C900 - Class 200 including fittings, excavation, backfill, compaction, imported sand, asphalt paving, restriping, reflective pavement markers, and incidentals as shown in the drawings and specified in the specifications at Dollars (Lump Sum) Tie-in to existing water line (hot tap) including furnishing and installing new gate valve as shown in the drawings and specified in the specifications at Dollars Each Approximate Quantity and Unit 57 LF Dollars per Linear Feet Install 2" manual blow-off assembly as shown in the drawings and specified in the specifications at Dollars Each Install 1" manual air release assembly as shown in the drawings and specified in the specifications at Dollars Each Provide and prepare drawings for SWPPP and BMP permits, furnish and install water pollution control devices. Unit Price Total $$ 1 EA $$ 1 EA $$ (.700 LS $_OOP $ (.OOP 2EA $ S'.MOQ •«* Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 11 of 103 Pages <<*» Item No. A-8 Description Remove existing gate valve cover and install new normally closed cover per CES W13. Approximate Quantity and Unit 2 EA $ Dollars Each A-9 Provide all necessary and required traffic control as specified in the specifications at f>Jg- LS Dollars (Lump Sum) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": Unit Price $ \ ) QOC? iPfY Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $.^ / Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). proposal. [ Total $ £, 80O $ 1 has/have been received and is/are included in this OPENED, WITNESSED AND Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 12 of 103 Pages The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the District will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the District may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under mber J3te Ift license number SyTWW'& _ , classification ft _ which expires on ftQ _ , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit A bid submitted to the District by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the District § 7028.1 5(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Board member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Board of Directors, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is EiO g4r-l& _ (Cash, Certified Cashier's Check) for ten percent (1 0%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1 , Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 13 of 103 Pages Check A License: Contractor's License Detail Page 1 of 2 Skip to: CSLB Home | Content | Footer | Accessibility Search CSLB •«*Department of Consumer Affairs Contractors State License 111 immm JOUCMSVIKII JMJIItllllm I PUDUSWQfilS oard ilillHIIli 07 GENERAL INFO About CSLB CSLB Newsroom Board and Committee Meetings Disaster Information Center CSLB Library Frequently Asked Questions Online Services . Check A License or HIS Registration . Filing a Construction Complaint . Processing Times . Check Application Status . Search for a Surety Bond Insurance Company . Search for a Workers' Compensation Company How to Participate &JU> DISCLAIMER: A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license database. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the follow, limitations. • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this entity is subject to publ complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or t obtain complaint and/or legal action information. . Per B&P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclc . Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitrati . Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the license database. License Number: Business Information: Entity: Issue Date: Reissue Date: Expire Date: License Status: Classifications: Bonding: 894432 Extract Date: 04/29/20 SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONSTRACTING INC 14443 CORTE MOREA SAN DIEGO, CA 92129 Business Phone Number: (858) 484-4422 Corporation 04/13/2007 06/18/2007 06/30/2009 This license is current and active. All information below shoul be reviewed. CLASS DESCRIPTION A GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR'S BOND This license filed Contractor's Bond number 661120783 in the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company LINCOLN GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY. Effective Date: 06/18/2007 Contractor's Bonding History BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL 1. The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) CHRISTOPHE! JAY MALICKI certified that he/she owns 10 percent or mo of the voting stock/equity of the corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required. Effective Date: 06/18/2007 http://www2.cslb.ca.gOV/General-Information/interactive-tools/c... 04/29/2008 Check A License: Contractor's License Detail Page 2 of 2 Workers' This license is exempt from having workers compensation Compensation: insurance; they certified that they have no employees at this tim Effective Date: 06/06/2007 Expire Date: None Workers' Compensation History Miscellaneous DATE DESCRIPTION Information: 06/18/2007 LICENSE REISSUED TO ANOTHER ENTITi Personnel List Consumers | Contractors | Applicants | Journeymen | Public Works | Building Officials | General Info CSLB Home | Conditions of Use | Privacy | Contact CSLB Copyright © 2007 State of California http://www2.cslb.ca.gOV/General-Information/interactive-tools/c... 04/29/2008 IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. (5) E-Mail (Street and Number) IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted. (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner^Mote: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business City and State. (4) Zip Code (5) E-Ma> (Street and Number) Telephone No. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 14 of 103 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted 5bim/fJPST j president for Southwest Civil Contracting, (nay (Title) Impress Corpora (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of (4) Place of Business City and State (5) Zip Code *-f^Q-?ft Telephone No. j; (6) E-Mail (Street and Number) C-A ^ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 15 of 103 Pages ACKNOWLEDGMENT }ss. State of California County of f^ a r\ On before me, o Notary Public, personally appeared C ^MT \S ." Pre s i 4- who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person^ whose name^sf is/are" subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity^es), and that by his/her/their signatures(sj on the instrument the person^ or the entity upon behalf of which the persorj(s} acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. OFFICIAL SEAL I SUSAN SOMMERS JINOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA!1 COMM. NO. 1507971 % SAN DIEGO COUNTY • MY COMM. EXP. AUG. 17,2008 I Signature OPTIONAL INFORMATION /VJO Date of Document Type or Title of Document Number of Pages in Document Document in a Foreign Language Type of Satisfactory Evidence: Personally Known ^ Paper Identification Credible Witness(es) Capacity of Signer: Trustee Power of Attorney CEO/CFO/COO ^— President / Vice-President / Secretary / Treasurer Other: Thumbprint of Signer Check here if no thumbprint or fingerprint is available. Other Information: List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: <CQTT .* Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 16 of 103 Pages BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the ordej>c5f CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT, in the sum of rs ($ ), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid-^Pfie proceeds of this check shall become the property of the District, provided this proposal shah^be accepted by the District through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and toe undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty apra Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the c^eck shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the District if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen Orb) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. BIDDER *Delete the /(applicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 17 of 103 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Southwest Civil Contracting. Inc. . as Principal, and SureTec Insurance Company as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) Ten Percent (10%) of the Bid Amount for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the Board of Directors, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said District. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 18 of 103 Pages In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this 28th PRINCIPAL: Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. (name of By: . day of April . 20 08 . (sign he Christopher J. Malicki (print name here) President. Southwest Civil Contracting. Inc. (Title and Organization of Signatory) (sign (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this of April 20 08 . 28'" day SURETY: SureTec Insurance Company (name of Surety) 9737 Great Hills Trail, Suite 320 Austin. TX 78759 (address of Surety) (866) 732-0099 (telephone number of Surety) (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Maureen Anna Quintanilla, Attornev-ln-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgement of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel Deputy General Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 19 of 103 Pages ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of S«^n bufQ Jss. On IS £ before me, Notary Public", personally appeared 0 .fa\ri$jr. who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person^) whose name(s)r is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/fRey executed the same in his/bef/their authorized capacity(iee)-, and that by his/hefifthetr signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s>; or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)~acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ^ J?<%/>J^VOTvy^/yyMLxi^ Signature OFFICIAL SEAL I SUSAN SOMMERS j (NOTARY PUBLIC-CALIFORNIA^ COMM. NO. 1607971 5 SAN DIEGO COUNTY • M Y COMM. EXP. AUG. 17,20081 OPTIONAL INFORMATION c- AJO Date of Document Type or Title of Document Number of Pages in Document Document in a Foreign Language Type of Satisfactory Evidence: Personally Known >C Paper Identification Credible Witness(es) Capacity of Signer: Trustee Power of Attorney CEO/CFO/COO X- President / Vice-President / Secretary / Treasurer Other: 00 8 Thumbprint of Signer Check here if no thumbprint or fingerprint is available. Other Information: COPORATE RESOLUTION SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING, INC. Officers Authorized to Enter Into Contracts on Behalf of the Corporation RESOLVED: The following officers of SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING, INC., are hereby authorized to enter into contracts on behalf of the CORPORATION: Chris J. Malicki, President and Corporate Secretary Scott M. King, Vice President and Treasurer IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Action by Unanimous Written Consent of Directors effective April 14, 2007. Chris J. MalickijDirector 8o6tt M. King, Direotor Page 1 of 1 POA#:510056 SureTec Insurance Company LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Ronald B. Guy, Maureen Anna Quintanilla of San Diego, California its true and lawful Attorney(s)-hi-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million Dollars and no/100 ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratify tog and confirming all that the said Attomey(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 10/31/08 and is made under and by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice-president, any Assistant Vice-President. any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attotney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other Conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any. power Of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 20* of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal >,„, to be hereto affixed this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005. riSDRETEC BK&JRANCE COMPANYV-\ _ State of Texas County of Harris By: On this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005 before me personally came B.J. King, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order, Michelle Denny Notary Pubte State of fexoi My Commission Expires August 27,2008 Michelle Denny, Notary Public My commission expires August 27,2008 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas this A.D. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary Any instrument issued In excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. ***' For verification of the authority of this power you may calf (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 ant and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of _ San Diego On April 28, 2008 before me, Heather Wirsig, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Maureen Anna Quintanilla who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature HcAFHcR WmSlw CommiMton # 1633501 Notary PuWlc - Cofltomta Son Otogo County MyComm.BiplwiJan24.2010 (Seal) Company Profile Page 1 of 1 Company Profile SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY 952 ECHO LANE, SUITE 450 HOUSTON, TX 77024 Agent for Service of Process JERE KEPRIOS, C/O CT CORPORATION SYSTEM 818 WEST SEVENTH STREET, 2ND FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA 90017 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC #: 10916 NAIC Group #: 0000 California Company ID #: 4914-8 Date authorized in California: October 24, 2005 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State of Domicile: TEXAS Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the SURETY Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - April 24, 2008 01:14 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_cojprof_utl... 04/29/2008 GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor- installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the District of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Am¥ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 20 of 103 Pages Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the Board of Directors in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the Board of Directors shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 21 of 103 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS m Portion of Work Unt^er Subcontractor Name and \ Location of Business I Subcontractor's License No. and Classification* -^> Amount of Work by Subcontractor In Dollars* Page.pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice inviting Bids." Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 22 of 103 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARR1LLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer ffrn ATT/CH &r> Name and Phone Ho. of Person to Contract Type of Work Amount Of Contract Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 23 of 103 Pages o c 132•£8~ 0 11 I Experience Summary - SoutCurrent projects:0)£rac sr's / contactc tLU fl>ra c Completioc3Q ra rai:co0 •• — •1 Descriptionc i 1'g1 Q.name2"0. •^te $ 1 0)c Name, address, and telephoengineerO)CDCDO 1^oo 6CD1^ 1'oco co3Q _Underconstructiolo8a •o w ^ cC COsS13 t Install stormrelated appuCDC .S3 f= S Lane stonprovemenro EfiO -o City of Carlsbad1635 Faraday AvenueCarisbad, CA 92008CNCO too SB 1co CO <a ^co'•«3f~.Under consfeo>o"CNCO O ^^J "O flj Install 2,000water line anappurtenanc-Q ro 0)c « "1i* ffl H I'li I-S =Q. co 5 CD D)"§City of Poway13325 Civic Center DrivePoway, CA 92064a\resser McGeiQ troO 00o 3 1 8CD 0 6O I s 9> R Replace sewat various loioo>CD5 roco Q O:> | .cn\de sewerreplacemi1 Base wipipelineUS Navy SW CommandSan Diego, CAS S ^CN Co (client) 56^cb 2?? TO Butch King1 Q •K S•S 2•ag | 1 e aQ Io | 0)IS \Past Projects performed wh,o i -2 _c cUI £ra•oc Completioc3o ratsai:co0 Description1_o » 2"Q.name1 •;-. « $ •s 0)C IName, address, and telephoengineerCDCO S En i Im 1o 8CN CDC3—3 8 CD8o"8*^> «/> > s V ro u. 8o CN T3ro^2 «m M1c•5 HI c ^ •0 T;,ro rt) |1> CDz ce •c To Olivenhain Municipal Water Di1966 Olivenhain RoadEncinitas, CA 92024oom ^oo i n •Q Croo I 1 oCD OOo"OCN CN (ft Q.E o>3 C Reclaimed pstation/pipelio ScroW f!ro Q. a> <uu- Ero jj §c o *= O c 0 CO 1?Nolte AssociatesAvenue of Science, Suite 100Diego, CA 92128SSsir-~ In-iCD (D Nov 2005oo CDOOo"Omin 6O o8 ~- ^7,000 LF CIVLFPVCoS1 5c CO CD_c "CDCL 'Q. CO t31 Olivenhain Municipal Water Di1966 Olivenhain RoadEncinitas, CA 920248f> T 3O 1 CO 1ro oco€2 | CDC —3 OoCDooo"oco co" «/» 50s CM LL 8o CN 5croCO §. i ij 'roro o CD £ oO)0) < Q -0_ <D -is aCO (/) CD omQ £8 SO CD CO co ID r i00 of CD T3 m May 20048c!8o" (ft O I LL si"I £ ro § a. E T- 1 < CD li City of Poway13325 Civic Center DrivePoway, CA 92064<o i employ>,croc 1 3C Q |(AII work performed while with§ ..CD o T- CO BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: D Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 24 of 103 Pages ACORD- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE soSMW" "oT/o^' PRODUCER Wateridge Insurance Services CL7 Sorrento Valley Rd. Diego CA 92121 Phone: 858-452-2200 Fax:858-452-6004 INSURED Southwest CivilContracting, Inc.228 Nava jo StreetSan Marcos CA 92078 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A: National Union Fira Ins Co of INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: NAIC# 19445 COVERAGES MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSRLTR A A ,«"" >* A UDD'L NSRC X X f TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY JC^COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY | CLAIMS MADE | X | OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ! POLICY |x~| jECT I ILOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY | OCCUR | | CLAIMS MADE DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER POLICY NUMBER 3791424 4303618 1095447 POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE1MM/DD/YYL 01/29/08 01/29/08 01/29/08 POLICY EXPIRATIONDATE (MM/DD/YY) 01/29/09 01/29/09 01/29/09 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE UAMAljb 1 U KtN 1 tUPREMISES (Ea occurence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT(Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN EA ACC AUTO ONLY: AGQ EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE ., WC STATU- OTH- X TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 $100,000 $5,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,000,000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $1000000 $1000000 $1000000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/ SPECIAL PROVISIONS * 30 days notice of cancellation except 10 days for non payment of premium. **SEE ATTACHED NOTEPAD FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION** RE: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARILLO OVER SIZING & EXTENSION, CARLSBAD, CA; BID NO. PWS08-22ENG/PROJECT #3858 (XXX) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CARLSC1 **** 'W CITY OF CARLSBAD KEVIN DAVIS, PUBLIC WORKS PURCHASING DEPARTMENT 1635 FARADAY AVE CARLSBAD CA 92008 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENBBAVOR TO MAIL 3 0 * DAYS WRITTEN nCrriEEiMTATIVt"' AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ""^V. eO Jt — -* S~ -^^a_at<f — 9*S C--'g-^^>sa ACORD 25 (2001/08)©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 NOtl HQl0iJRGODl C&K&jSCJ. S0UTHW9 PAGE 2 Civil OP ID MR DATE OS/09/08 THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH RESPECT TO GENERAL LIABILITY PER ATTACHED 61714 WITH PRIMARY & NON-CONTRIBUTORY PER 90533 03/06. AUTO ADDITIONAL 3URED APPLIES PER ATTACHED 87950 10/05. **GENERAL LIABILITY WAIVER OF •SWBROGATION APPLIES PER ATTACHED C62404 10/93** IT ****IS HEREBY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT THE POLICY TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE REFERS MAY NOT BE CANCELLED, MATERIALLY CHANGED, NOR THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE THEREOF REDUCED UNTIL TEN (10) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION, OR REDUCTION IN COVERAGE BY THE CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM. COVERAGE UNDER THIS POLICY SHALL BE PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTING WITH ANY OTHER INSURANCE AVAILABLE TO THE CITY OF CARLSBAD**** ENDORSEMENT This endorsement, effective 12:01 A.M. 01/29/2008 forms a part of policy No.GL 379-14-24 issued to SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACT ING, INC. by NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - WHERE REQUIRED UNDER CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT (Professional Services Exclusion) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Section II - Who is an Insured, 1., is amended to add: f. Any person or organization to whom you become obligated to include as an additional insured under this policy, as a result of any contract or agreement you enter into, excluding contracts or agreements for professional services, which requires you to furnish insurance to that person or organization of the type provided by this policy, but only with respect to liability arising out of your operations or premises owned by or rented to you. However, the insurance provided will not exceed the lesser of: 1. The coverage and/or limits of this policy, or 2. The coverage and/or limits required by said contract or agreement. [ — -+Authorized Representative orCountersignature (in States WhereApplicable) 61714 (9/01) ENDORSEMENT **"*"**' This endorsement, effective 12:01 A.M. 01/29/2008 forms a part of policy No.GL 379-14-24 issued to SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING, INC. by NATIONAL UNION FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF PITTSBURGH, PA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY COVERAGE FOR SPECIFIED PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS NAMED AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - ONGOING AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM The following paragraph is added to SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED and applies only to persons or organizations we have added to your policy as additional insureds by endorsement to comply with insurance requirements of written contracts relative to: a) the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insureds; or b) "your work" performed for the additional insureds and included in the "products-completed operations hazard": This insurance is primary over any similar insurance available to any person or organization we have added to this policy as an additional insured. However, this insurance is primary over any other similar insurance only if the additional insured is designated as a named insured in the Declarations of the other similar insurance. We will not require contribution of limits from the other similar insurance if the insurance afforded by this endorsement is primary. This insurance is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, if it is not primary as defined in the paragraph above. All other terms and conditions of the policy are the same. . orCountersignature (in States WhereApplicable) 90533 (3/06) Page 1 of 1 Southwest Civil Contractors, Inc. POLICY NUMBER: 3791424 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 10 93 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: As Required By Written Contract (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) The TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US Condition (Section IV - COMMER- CIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS) is amended by the addition of the following: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 0410 93 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1992 Page 1 of 1 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ENDORSEMENT # This endorsement, effective 12:01 A.M. 1/29/08 forms a part of Policy No. issued to Southwest by ,^0^ TOIOH FIRE 4303618 Civil Contracting, Inc. ADDITIONAL INSURED - WHERE REQUIRED UNDER CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE ADDITIONAL INSURED:AHY pEggQg 0R ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU ARE CONTRACTUALLY BOUND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INSURED STATUS BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATIONS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF A COVERED "AUTO" SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. - Whols Insured, is amended to add: d. Any person or organization, shown in the schedule above, to whom you become obligated to include as an additional insured under this policy, as a result of any contract or agreement you enter into which requires you to furnish insurance to that person or organization of the type provided by this policy, but only with respect to liability arising out of use of a covered "auto". However, the insurance provided will not exceed the lesser of: (1) The coverage and/or limits of this policy, or (2) The coverage and/or limits required by said contract or agreement. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 87950(10/05) BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. party debarred party debarred '» „ agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Jnamapf Contractor) ,PJf£r~T Ctete J.Malicki, President for Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. (print name/tiifleJ ./ Page I of pages of this Re Debarment form Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 25 of 103 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more^imes within an eight year period? yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed?jvocatipn yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work-ever been stayed? yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page _J of \ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 26 of 103 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: (name of/contractor) CfrteJ.Malicki, President for Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc.., (print name/title) Page Revised 5/01/07 of I pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Contract No. 38581 Page 27 of 103 Pages NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 State of California County of WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 ) ) ss. T • (Name of Bidder) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says tha(he"br she is of (Title) C Ci t*T R.ACTI *J C TV C- . (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was executed on the Z£TH day of APP-n , 20 Signature of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on the day of r\pr\ I _ , 20 O (NOTARY SEAL) f COFFICIAL SEAL M^. 1607971 £ Revised 5/01/07 Signature of Notary Who proved to « on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person<X> who appeared before me. ntract No. 38581 Page 28 of 103 Pages of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration April 17, 2008 ADDENDUM NO. 1 RE: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM-RANCHO CARILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION BID NO. PWS08-22ENG, CONTRACT NO. 3858 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be attached to your Request for Bid when your bid is submitted. KEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator Attachment I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 > Bidder'sSig&ature 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 • (760) 6O2-4677 - FAX (760) 602-8562 CITY OF CARLSBAD RANCHO CARRILLO WATER OVERSIZING AND EXTENSION, CONTRACT NO. 3858 Bid No. PWS08-22ENG ADDENDUM NO. 1 From: Jacob Moeder, Project Manager Phone: (760) 602-2736 Fax: (760) 602-8562 Date: April 17, 2008 Bid Opening Date: April 29, 2008 REVISIONS TO BID DOCUMENTS: The following clarifications, revisions, replacements and additions, and/or deletions shall be made a part of the contract documents for Contract No. 3858. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Page 10 & 11. BID ITEMS A-2 & A-3 CLARIFICATION. a. Bid items A-2 and A-3, installing 8" PVC and 10" PVC shall include pressure test, disinfection, and bacteria sampling per Section 15041 of the specifications. 2. Page 11. BID ITEM A-6 CLARIFICATION. a. A licensed engineer does not have to develop the SWPPP and BMP plans. The SWPPP plan shall be submitted to the Project Engineer for approval. 3. Page 02223-2 TRENCHING. EXCAVATION. BACKFILLING. AND COMPACTION, PART 1.4 REVISION. a. Delete the words "Developer or" from the first line under part 1.4. 4. Page 09902-1 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING CLARIFICATION. a. As stated in Part 2.1, all exposed ferrous surfaces shall be wrapped with petrolatum wax tape. CONSTRUCTION PLANS 5. Sheet 3-CAP END OF ABANDONED LINE ON CARRILLO WAY REVISION. a. Instead of installing a blind flange and thrust block, the Contractor shall cap the end of the abandoned PVC line. Delete "Construct thrust block per CES W15". See attached revised drawing. 6. Sheet 3-WATERLINE FROM MELROSE DRIVE TO PASEO CORQNO REVISION. a. Contractor shall remove the gate valve on the 8" waterline that tees from Melrose Drive mainline and install blind flange at tee. The 8" waterline from the removed gate valve to the cul-de-sac of Paseo Corono shall be abandoned in place and both ends of the pipe capped. See attached revised drawings. 7. Sheets 3 & 4-MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY REVISION. a. On Raricho Miel Street at station 11+46.58 instead of an air vacuum valve, a 1" manual air release assembly shall be installed. See attached revised drawings. 8. Sheet 4 DETAIL A. TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL REVISION. a. Rancho Miel has recently been slurry sealed. For Rancho Miel Street, Contractor shall use asphalt concrete pavement, match existing pavement thickness, and apply quick set emulsion aggregate slurry, Type I aggregate, per Greenbook 203-5. For Carrillo Way and Paseo Aspada, Contractor shall use asphalt concrete pavement and match existing pavement thickness. A slurry seal is not necessary on Paseo Aspada. See attached revised drawing. b. The trench width shall be per Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES) detail W2. Replace "12" Min/24" Max" with "trench width per CES W2". c. Delete Note 3 from Detail A on sheet 4. J o!I 390 — 380 370 --^- 360 ^"=-= 350 — 340 330 — ? EXISTING SEW?, KM 71) D RECLAIMED WATER SEE -348-5 CONSTRUCT 56.66 IF OF 10* m- is i ^ ^SwS^isfe_t33 "C^fcg -jSgg- FWS7IW S" PVC SEWER sis" EXISTING 10% PVC WATER INSTALL KF1'/ !8" Fit C900 ' 1—' =yi=^, i 1. ^- i / ! '' FJ.l'g'W.1 X2.9± / FL(8"OUT) J52.5±; FLtlflN) 34e.0± ^ f ft(^S"OttTj~34:'!.'Kt- i Is' MM cdw? (TIP.) I" .5r/i (35+55.16) 24" KCP SO * )0' PIC IM7TR INTERSECTION 35+00 CARRILLO WAYANDPASEOASPADA WATER IMPROVEMENTS - PROFILE (LINE "A") 36 + 00 GRIND 2" OF EXISTING PAVEMENT PROPOSED AC PAVEMENT AND AGGREGATE BASE - MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT SECTION ON RANCHO MIEL INSTALL QUICK SET EMULSION AGGREGATE SLURRY WITH TYPE I AGGREGATE PER SECTION 203-5 OF THE GREEN800K COMPACTED EARTH BACKFILL DOMESTIC WATER 1.0 TAPE , M- TRENCH MOTH PER CES W2 TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL HORIZONTAL SCALE 1" - 10' VERTICAL SCALE 1" = 10' 380 360 340 SCALE: NTS IMPORTED SAND J. THE UPPER THREE FEET (!') OF ANY TRENCH OF EXCAVATION WITHIN THE ULTIMATE PAVED AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM 95% OF RELATIVE DENSITY. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO BACKFILL AGGREGATE BASE AND ASPHALT CONCRETE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACEMENT OF BACKFILL IN PIPE ZONE. 'TKfKFTSAVaiXJiEPAIRS SHALL OCCUR SUCH THATTHfjmHtNE \ t~A1-SC SHALL NOT OCCURWrnrn-immj^AJL^eNE-iTIKrPATH) JOINTS ' SHALL OCCUR WTHJN_M>Blf-Or^AVErtAflfS.AND SHALL NOT JXXySJt/UmrBlKELANES. —-____ EXISTING PAVEMENT SHALL BE CUT WITH A CONCRETE SAW IH A SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR SECTION AND REMOVED SO AS NOT TO TEAR. BULGE, OR DISPLACE WITH ADJACENT PAVEMENT. EDGES SHALl BE CLEAN AND VERTICAL. ALL CUTS SHALL BE PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE STREET CENTERLINE (WERE POSSIBLE. 5. A BINDER OR ASPHALT EMULSION TACK SHALL 31 APPLIED 10 ALL CONTACT SURFACES PRIOR TO RESURFACING. 10+00 11 + 00 RANCHO MIEL WATER IMPROVEMENTS - PROFILE (LINE "B") HORIZONTAL SCALE 1" = W VERTICAL SCALE 1" = 10' SCALE I" = W 5' 10' 15' ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION;OTHER APPROVAL DATE | INITIAL Cm' APPROVAL "AS BUILT" REVIEWED BY: CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT j I _ SHEETS 4 L RANCHO CARRILLO WATER OVERSIZING AND EXTENSION WATER LINE PROFILE APPROVED M.LIAU c. PLUMMER I?IDEIDEPUTY CITY ENGINEER PE 23175 EXPIRES3/JI/08 DATE | OWN BY: ICHKD BY: . IRVWD BY: . PROJECT MO. 3558 DRAWING NO.I 454-4 I *• I -ABANDON EXISTING WATER ''LINE —•'CUT PiPE AND CAP END WATER LINE DATA CURVE TABLE CURVE LENGTH RADIUS DELTA C1 I 55.61' I 376.30' I 8'23'1 LINE i LENGTH I BEARING LI J 147.81' I N 62'45'22" E 700 PRESSURE ZONE \VX" x -CENTER SEE REFERENCE I'RAMNGS \ \H»!j\k ™-5 u \'. / **/ \ \ /Q/ \ \ ^~f~/' =-~ --^-^\W(L-•-^fe^v^x c?° ^^eWNECKKUfX/SfrNG _'•^^e^fe. INSTAU. CLASS 250 a 8" GATE VALVE —/ \ '*~* ~- "—^.~H'£-.^-~"^=S;£^^^^.r^---^ '~^^%5~^> STA !0-M3.»i -HOT TAP EXISTING W" PVC\^rxmG STORM^"^^ AW CONSTRUCT THRUST }RA!N L!NE ~~~^ SLOCK PER CES Y/15 EXISTING MANUAL AlK l^x*^sV^\x RELEASE VALVE ~ '" " * INSTALL NEW C900 (LINEM FURNISH x\$8 INSTALL^ NEW 90' BEND AM-CONSTRUCT OCK PO? CES Wli EXISTING RECLAIM! WATER LINE \V-XK \ V\ - ^'vc\'\\ '•--- \\ / .-y ra^m\\\\\ /^</^\^\ \vy?'\^v\v^ ^CENTER LINE W^ \ N-\ \ /-ABANDON E^S77NG<O' REFERENCE \\\% \ \\ V WINGS 348-5 \%\* v t\/\\V|\ y(\ \\Vi% V H\ / EXISTING W" PVC/FROM SEE DRAWINGS WATER LINE VILLAGE "N" REMOVE VALVE AND INSTALL AND\\^^\ *V\ L '' •' CAP END. \ \ \\VwV-4\\ ' _-- ---' "" /m$ ,'AS BUILT" EXP OATF: REVIEWED BY: RANCHO CARRILLO VILLAGE V'OVERSIZING & EXTENSION PLAN U'E, "sSSS*;-— 2^\x-.% . PLUUMER\^\ 17f 1S.1Ii I 3A" /OS 1+11 VI L /£/ —^^^r.*5^J^ ' |_ . ._ r;-A'ri tMGiNEL'K INITIAL •>' WQPK 1 i1 1 j i! ji ii ij ii r~ i| I 1 j DATE ! INITIAL REVISION ULbCWtM ION . | OWED APPROVAL C!Tf AP INIT1AI PROVAL , LllY (J? bAKLbriAD II , •i II ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ji 4 1 ysRANCHO CARRILLO WATER OVERSIZiNG AND EXTENSION IMPfcOVEMF^jT PL/VV I APPROVED KU-iK C nUUUBt 1 lOEPUTV CITY ENGINEER PE'2S1.'6 EXPIRES J/J1/OS DATE fl'WN RY' Iff 1 i — ^T -T ^] ^ — r^ IHHKR BY DA | orro i" AC'''IRVWD BY: . j£__|| 3S58 || 454-4 CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this by and between the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlflbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "District"), and SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING. INC. whose principal place of business is 14443 CORTE MOREA. SAN DIEGO, CA 92129 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). District and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the District will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the District's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, District shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The District shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. •^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 29 of 103 Pages 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the v,, work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by District about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and District does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by District. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify District, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. District shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so **"*"* differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between District and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 30 of 103 Pages 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay ail expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the District, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the District. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the District against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the District. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for District, if District requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the District against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the District. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for District, if District requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City of Carlsbad's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the District or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the District. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The District, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the District, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 31 of 103 Pages b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the District, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the District, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the District, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the District by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the District. At the option of the District, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the District, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the District or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the District with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the District and are to be received and approved by the District before the Contract is executed by the District. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 32 of 103 Pages (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the District must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the District, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the Carlsbad Municipal Water District seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District of the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above.r#y__ init A 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the District, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the District by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the District by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the District to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the District may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 33 of 103 Pages 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Anyadditional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supple>nyrlpu Hcqyisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWL ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: ECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE J.ffancki, President for Southwest Civil Contracting, Chris J. Malicki. Peeaidart President or vice-president and secretary or assistant one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel xfor corporations'.1 If Bnly by the secretary or assistant Deputy General Counsel Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 34 of 103 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On Date personally appeared before me,PU&UC . Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") MtH.if.kL /. Name(s) of Signer(s) I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. MINAL PATH. COMM. #1763358 NOTARYPUBUC-CAUFORNIA SAN DIEGO COUNTY— Expires Aug 24, 2011 Place Notary Seal Above D personally known to me It? (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person^) whose name^) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/he*#heir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hef/their signature(gr) on the instrument the person(g), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(£) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL - Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: /#• MQ^ 2-OOg . PU&LIC Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2006 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 v609 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 BOND NUMBER: 4362874 "Premium included in Performance Bond." LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District located in the State of California, has administratively awarded to SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING. INC. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE. SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING. INC. , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District in the sum of Fifty Nine Thousand Six Hundred Thirty Three Dollars ($59,633.00), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 35 of 103 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this day of , 20_ Executed by SURETY this Of May 13th .day ,2008 . CONTRACTOR Southwest Civil Contracting, (name of Contractoj By: (print name here) Chris J.Malicki, President snuttwBBt Civil Contracting, inc. (title and organization of sign ign here) I (print name here) Chris J. Malickl, for Southwest CMI Contracting SURETY: SureTec Insurance Company (name of Surety) 9737 Great Hills Trail, Suite 320 Austin. Texas 78759 (address of Surety) (866) 732-0099 (telephone number of Surety) yMQjoQj/Lk/L Mdi^rku,, _ (signature of Attorneys-Fact) aureen Anna Quintanilla (printed name of Attomey-in-Fact) ich corporate resolution showing current power If attorney) x.^ (title and organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment ofexecution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel By: Deputy General Counse Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 36 of 103 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On <4" MAj 2CC8 before me, M/A//H Date personally appeared Pusnc . Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Name(s) of Signer(s) D personally known to me I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct MINAL PATEL COMM. #1763358 NOTARY PUBUC-CAUFORNIA SAN DIEGO COUNTYisston Expires Aug 24, 2011 Place Notary Seal Above proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(?0 is/a*e subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/hef#heir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hef/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(g) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature.Sljnature of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below /s not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document:XWb <t44T£/gf/Us Document Date:2-00&. Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2006 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 v609 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1 -800-876-6827 POA#:510056 SureTec Insurance Company LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Ronald B. Guy, Maureen Anna Quintanilla of san Diego, California its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million Dollars and no/100 ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 10/31/08 and is made under and by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice-President, any Assistant Vice-President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Beit Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 20* of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005. JRANCE COMPANY State of Texas ss: County of Harris On this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005 before me personally came B.J. King, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Michelle Denny Notary Pubto State of fexcn My Commission Expfrat August 27,2008 Michelle Denny, Notary Pifblic My commission expires August 27,2008 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas this ,20O£.A.D. . Brent Beafy, Assistant Secretary Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego ) On May 13, 2008 before me, Heather Wirsig, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Maureen Anna Quintanilla who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. HEATHER WHWK5 CommlMton * 1633501 Notary Publte - Cottfomta Son Dtogo County MyComm. fxpkw Jon M, 2010 Signature ^M]W-AJU\ (JVUWJLW (Seal) BOND NUMBER: 4362874 PREMIUM: $1,491.00 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND Board of Directors of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District located in the State of California, has administratively awarded to SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING. INC. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the Secretary of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW/THEREFORE, WE. SOUTHWEST CIVIL CONTRACTING. INC. as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the Carlsbad Municipal Water District in the sum of Fifty Nine Thousand Six Hundred Thirty Three Dollars ($59,633.00), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the District in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. "Final Premium will be Adjusted to Final Contract Price." Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 37 of 103 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this _ day of , 20_ Executed by SURETY this 13th day of Mav .20 08 CONTRACTOR: Southwest Civil Contracting, Ing (name of Contractor' By: Chris J SURETY: SureTec Insurance Company (name of Surety) 9737 Great Hills Trail, Suite 320 Austin, Texas 78759 (address of Surety) (866) 732-0099 (telephone number of Surety) for Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. ) j ^ (Title and Organization of S By: (signature of Attomey-in-Fact) Maureen Anna Quintanilla S (print nrift j. Malicfo. PreB Southwest Civil Contracting, Inc. (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Title and Organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL General Counsel By: Deputy General Counsel Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 38 of 103 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On ilf*MW 200% before me, Date personally appeared Name and Title of Officer(e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") J£V M/HJCKl • Name(s) of Signer(s) I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. MINAL PATEL COMM. #1763358 NOTARY PUBUC-CAUFORNIA SAN DIEGO COUNTY »Expires Aug 24, 2011 J*j? Place Notary Seal Above D personally known to me ^(or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person($ whose name(£) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/hefitheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/hef#heir signature(?) on the instrument the person($}, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(g) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL - Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: /If Mfiy 2-gQS Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: . D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here Signer's Name: D Individual D Corporate Officer — Title(s): D Partner — D Limited D General D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator D Other: Signer Is Representing: RIGHT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here © 2006 National Notary Association • 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 • Chatsworth, CA 91313-2402 Item No. 5907 v609 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827 POA#:510056 SureTec Insurance Company LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Men by These Presents, That SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houston, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint Ronald B. Guy, Maureen Anna Quintanilla of san Diego, California its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include waivers to the conditions of contracts and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed Five Million Dollars and no/100 ($5,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the Company and duly attested by its.Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 10/31708 and is made under and by authority of the following resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice-President, any Assistant Vice-President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf .of the Company subject to the folloxving provisions: Attorney-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be if Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopted at a meeting held on 2Cfk of April, 1999.) In Witness Whereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005. rSKRETEC RANCE COMPANY State of Texas ss: County of Harris On this 20th day of June, A.D. 2005 before me personally came B.J. King, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Houston, Texas, that he is President of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Michelle Denny Notary Public State of fexa My Comfnteton Expires August 27,2008 Michelle Denny, Notary Pulic My commission expires August 27,2008 I, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Company, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Board of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect Given under my hand and the seal of said Company at Houston, Texas mis , 20J2E., A.D. Brent Beafy, Assistant Secretary Any Instrument issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity.For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 am and 5:00 pm CST. ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of San Diego ) On May 13, 2008 before me, Heather Wirsig, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Maureen Anna Quintanilla who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. HEATHER WIRSIG - A.V _u-.M Commission #1633801 WITNESS my hand and official seal. < fj&FJffijjft Notary PubHc - CaWomta San Dt«go Courty My Comm. Expkw Jan26.20K Signature /^/>LV^U^ IA JVU[i As (Seal) OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the Carlsbad Municipal Water District whose address is 5950 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "District" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the District pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the District shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the District within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the District and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the District and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The District shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the District makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the District pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the District. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the District, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the District. €5mW Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 39 of 103 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from District to the Escrow Agent that the District consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The District shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the District of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the District. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the District and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the District and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the District and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For District: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature Address 1635 Faraday Avenue. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor: Title Name Signature Address _ For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the District and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 40 of 103 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For District:Title PRESIDENT Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor:Title Name. Signature Address For Escrow Agent:Title Name Signature Address Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 38581 Page 41 of 103 Pages C GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING & EXTENSION CONTRACT NO. 3858 CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 » TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or **•* - words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 42 of 103 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency - the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions, permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. ^g^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 43 of 103 Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 44 of 103 Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Special Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 45 of 103 Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street - Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 46 of 103 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. o 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate ARTS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONC Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSSD Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DEL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation O oRevised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 47 of 103 FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD.... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD ... Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 48 of 103 SEC Section SF Square foot SFM Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STHWY State highway STA Station STD Standard SIR Straight STR GR Straight grade STRUG Structural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard T Telephone TAN Tangent TC Top of curb TEL Telephone TF Top of footing TOPO Topography TR.... Tract TRANS Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC Traffic signal conduit TSS Traffic signal standard TW Top of wall TYP Typical UE Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB Valve box VC Vertical curve VCP Vitrified clay pipe VERT Vertical VOL Volume VWD Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM Water meter WPJ Weakened plane joint XCONN Cross connection XSEC Cross section D 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 49 of 103 o 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1 -4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) • 25.4 micrometer (urn) 1 inch (in) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft) 0.0929 square meter (rrn 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m ) 1 cubic foot (ft3) 0.0283 cubic meter (rrQ 1 cubic yard (yd ) 0.7646 cubic meter (m ) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (ml_) 1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm Is) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibf/rt) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F - 32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 50 of 103 r12 Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k) 103, centi(c) 10'2 milli(m) 10'3 micro (u) l(g nano (n) 10 pico(p) 10 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds Number / per or (between words)0 Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line o Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 51 of 103 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one- half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 52 of 103 Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 53 of 103 The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1 ) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 1 0 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2006 Edition hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The construction plans consist of 1 set of drawings. The set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 454-4 and consists of four (4) sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, hereinafter designated as CES, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 54 of 103 The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1 ) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Carlsbad General Provisions. 3) Technical Specifications. 4) Plans. 5) City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, latest Edition. 6) San Diego Regional Standard Drawings 7) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 8) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans 9) Reference Specifications 10) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. o Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 55 of 103 Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmissipn. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 56 of 103 Working drawings are required in the following sections: __ TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 7-10.4.1 207-2.5 207-8.4 207-10.2.1 300-3.2 303-1.6.1 303-1.7.1 303-3.1 304-1.1.1 304-1.1.2 304-2.1 306-2.1 306-3.1 306-3.4 306-6 306-8 307-4.3 Safety Orders Joints Joints General Cofferdams General General General Shop Drawings Falsework Plans General General General Tunnel Supports Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities Micrptunneling Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Trench Shoring Reinforced Concrete Pipe Vitrified Clay Pipe Fabricated Steel Pipe Structure Excavation & Backfill Falsework Placing Reinforcement Prestressed Concrete Construction Structural Steel Structural Steel Metal Hand Railings Jacking Operations Tunneling Operations Tunneling Operations Polyethylene Liner installationMicrotunneling Operations Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3 Certifications per 4-1.5. 4 Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5 Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6 Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7 Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8 Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 RECORD DRAWINGS. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 57 of 103 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 58 of 103 2-9.2.1 Submitted of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property comers and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 59 of 103 TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Street Centerline Clearing Slope Fence Rough Grade Cuts or Fills > 10 m (33') Final Grade (includes top of: Basement soil, subbase and base) Asphalt Pavement Finish Course Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar Facilities®, ® Curb Traffic Signal ® Signal Poles & Controller ® Junction Box ® Conduit ® Minor Structure ® Abutment Fill Wall® Stake Description ® SDRSM-10 Monument Lath in soil, painted line on PCC & AC surfaces RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake, Blue- top in grading area RP, paint on previous course RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, ® £1000', Street Intersections, Begin and end of curves, only when shown on the plans lath - Intervisible, < 50' on tangents & < 25' on curves, Painted line - continuous Intervisible and <, 50' < 200' on tangents, < 50' on curves when R£ 1000' & 25' on curves when R< 1000' <c50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R $ 1000' < 25' or as per the intersection grid points shown on the plan whichever provides the denser information intervisible & £ 25', beginning and end, BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines < 25', BC & EC, at %A, 1/2A & >/4A on curb returns & at beginning & end Vertical locations shall be based on the ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk at each pole & controller location at each junction box location <: 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R < 1 000' or where grade < 0.30% for catch basins: at Centerline of box, ends of box & wings & at each end of the local depression ® < 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions £ 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, 3C & EC, layout line angle points, changes in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall height Lateral Spacing <3>, <B> on street centerline at clearing line Grade Breaks &<;25' N/A ( constant offset) N/A <22' edge of pavement, paving pass width, crown line & grade breaks as appropriate ( constant offset) as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate as appropriate Setting Tolerance (Within) 0.02' Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein 1' Horizontal 0.1 ' Verticals Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal 0.1 'Verticals Horizontal V Horizontal & V^ Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical J/8" Horizontal & when depth cannot be measured from existing pavement 1/4" Vertical J/8" Horizontal & V Vertical (when vertical data needed) 0.1 'Verticals Horizontal V Horizontal & V Vertical Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 60 of 103 Feature Staked Major Structure ® Footings, Bents, Abutments & Wingwalls Superstructures Miscellaneous CD Contour Grading ® Utilities ®, ® Channels, Dikes & Ditches ® Signs ® Subsurface Drains ® Overside Drains ® Markers ® Railings & Barriers CD AC Dikes ® Box Culverts Pavement Markers® Stake Description ® RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake + Line Point +Guard Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP + Marker Stake RP Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spacing®, <S> 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns 10' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns £50' < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & £ 25' on curves when R < 1000' or where grades 0.30% intervisible & < 100', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities At sign location intervisible & < 50', BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities longitudinal location for asphalt street surfacing < 50' on tangents & curves when R> 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000'. At beginning & end and < 50' on tangents & curves when R > 1000' & < 25' on curves when R< 1000' At beginning & end 10' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Elevation points on footings & at invert 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when R £ 1000' & 25' on curves when R < 1000'. For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice Lateral Spacing 9, ® as appropriate as appropriate along contour line as appropriate as appropriate Line point as appropriate At beginning & end At marker location(s) at railing & barrier location(s) as appropriate as appropriate at pavement marker location(s) Setting Tolerance (Within) %" Horizontal & V Vertical V Horizontal & V Vertical 0.1' Vertical & Horizontal V Horizontal & '/4" Vertical 0.1 'Horizontals,1/^ Vertical 0.1 'Verticals Horizontal 0.1' Horizontal & '/4" Vertical 0.1' Horizontal & V Vertical n/4" Horizontal V Horizontal & Vertical 0.1 'Horizontal & Vertical V Horizontal & V4" Vertical V Horizontal o 3 Staking for feature may be omitted when adjacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature © Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table ® Perpendicular to centerline. ® Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto ® Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature © > means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. < means less than, or equal to, the number fol- lowing the symbol. © The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(6)3 Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 61 of 103 TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking Type of Stake Horizontal Control Vertical Control Clearing Grading Structure Drainage, Sewer, Curb Right-of-Way Miscellaneous Description Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, centerline, alignments, etc. Bench marks Limits of clearing Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final grade, etc. Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc. Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc. Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc. Color* White/Red White/Orange Yellow/Black Yellow White Blue White/Yellow Orange * Flagging and marking cards, if used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 62 of 103 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall .not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 63 of 103 SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK >te^ 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. "**"**' 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 25 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 125 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 64 of 103 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 75 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 65 of 103 The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 66 of 103 Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment.3(e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be >*""^ submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ..15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 67 of 103 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the District with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 68 of 103 "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. General Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the District will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the District will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the General Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the General Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. mW Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 69 of 103 All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1,1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 70 of 103 (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 71 of 103 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. *******' (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. ^ Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is'required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 72 of 103 Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 73 of 103 If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a ****'' new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the "**"*" Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. •^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 74 of 103 The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 75 of 103 Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1 . Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 76 of 103 SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 77 of 103 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 78 of 103 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5*1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 79 of 103 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 14 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. m^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 80 of 103 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. Not Used. ,_ 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter >—^ than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Not Used. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 81 of 103 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. Not Used. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Not Used. 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." Not Used. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." Not Used. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." Not Used. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 82 of 103 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. Not Used. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes installing an air vacuum valve, a blow off valve, 8" and 10" PVC water line, constructing thrust blocks, and hot tapping existing lines. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 83 of 103 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project "*****'' Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 84 of 103 If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 85 of 103 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 40 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. m¥ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 86 of 103 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 87 of 103 SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimina- tion because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 88 of 103 The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Not Used 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 89 of 103 The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 90 of 103 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 91 of 103 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall "w' exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1 .5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Access to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian crossings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is completed, "**"*"' the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 92 of 103 Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One ^_ half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street "^l only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. ^-*f The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the /<^\ construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for ^J approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. The Contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of work being performed. ^^3 Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 93 of 103 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon completion of the Work. After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer (760) 602-2720 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch (760) 931-2197 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch (760)931-2197 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) (760) 438-2980 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations (760) 602-2752 6) North County Transit District (760) 967-2828 7) Waste Management (760) 929-9400 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 94 of 103 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than 2', nor operate equipment within 2' from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the than 2' shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. €5mW Revised 5/01/07 Contract .v<. 3858 Page 95 of 103 „», When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the "*****' traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other %^ temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. No Traffic Control Plans (TCP) are included in the project plans. The Contractor shall prepare TCP and submit as part of the work for any construction activities that are located in the traveled way. Contractor shall submit TCP for Engineer's review in conformance with Section 2-5.3 and obtain Engineer's approval of TCP prior to implementing them. 7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 96 of 103 Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety s^\ Data Sheet and on the product container label. ^J The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor j personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 97 of 103 (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." A•^ Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 98 of 103 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL ^ NOT USED SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. s**± 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1 . The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 99 of 103 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 100 of 103 Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by property executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and property submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. Revised 5/01/07 Contract: \ 3858 Page 101 of K.j After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 102 of 103 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price bid therefore in the bid schedule, and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. The Contractor hereby agrees that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for Mobilization and Preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore.o Revised 5/01/07 Contract No. 3858 Page 103 of 103 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. THE CONTRACTOR shall furnish materials, equipment, and labor necessary to perform and complete demolition work called for in the Contract Documents. B. The WORK includes demolition of existing pavement, removing and reinstalling a 90 degree elbow, abandoning an existing water line, installing a new blind flange, installing new piping, installing a new manual blow off valve, and installing a new air vacuum valve as shown in the drawings and specified herein. C. Manufactured articles, materials, equipment, and accessories shall be demolished as shown and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and industry standards, unless otherwise shown or specified. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. SECTION 02223 - Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting. B. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. C. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Comply with the Carlsbad City Building Code. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Demolition Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete coordination schedule for demolition work, including shut-off and continuation of utility services, with the ENGINEER'S approval prior to start of the work. The schedule shall indicate proposed methods and operations of facility demolition, and provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted operation of occupied areas. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 9/21/07 DEMOLITION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02050-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS ^J A. Condition of Facilities: AGENCY assumes no responsibility for actual condition of facilities to be demolished. The CONTRACTOR shall visit the site and inspect the existing facilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 OCCUPANCY AND POLLUTION CONTROL A. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, chutes, and other suitable methods shall be used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air. Comply with AGENCY regulations pertaining to environmental protection. B. Water shall not be used when it creates hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, or pollution. C. Water contaminated with sediment or hazardous or toxic materials shall not be allowed to run off into the public storm drain system (including street gutters). Such runoff shall be intercepted, collected and disposed of according to existing environmental regulations. 3.2 PROTECTION ^ A. Safe passage of persons around area of demolition shall be ensured. Operations shall be conducted to prevent damage to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, and people. B. Interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be provided to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished, and to adjacent facilities to remain. C. Existing landscaping materials, structures, and appurtenances, which are not to be demolished shall be protected and maintained as necessary and in accordance with Section 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. D. The CONTRACTOR shall protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes, and wires that are to remain on the property. 3.3 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION A. Building structures and appurtenances shall be demolished as shown and required to complete work within limitations of governing regulations. B. Small structures may be removed intact when acceptable to the ENGINEER and ***. approved by authorities having jurisdiction. J>„(• 9/21/07 DEMOLITION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02050-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Demolition shall proceed in a systematic manner, in accordance with permits and approved submittals. D. Concrete and masonry shall be demolished in sections. Use bracing and shoring to prevent collapse. E. Demolition equipment shall be dispersed throughout structure and demolished materials removed to prevent excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 3.4 BELOW-GRADE DEMOLITION A. Footings, foundation walls, below-grade construction and concrete slabs on grade shall be demolished and removed. B. Below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of structures shall be completely filled. C. After fill and compaction, surfaces shall be graded to meet adjacent contours and to provide flow to surface drainage structures, or as shown. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Demolition and removal of debris shall be conducted to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities which shall not be closed or obstructed without permission from the CITY. Alternate routes shall be provided around closed or obstructed traffic ways. B. Site debris, rubbish, hazardous materials identified in Part 1.1-B herein and other materials resulting from demolition operations shall be removed at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Burning of removed materials from demolished structures shall not be permitted on site. 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRING A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide patching, replacing, repairing, and refinishing of damaged areas involved in demolition as necessary to match the existing adjacent surfaces whether shown or not shown, with materials and procedures approved by the ENGINEER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition as directed by the ENGINEER at no cost to the CITY. C. The CONTRACTOR shall make a detailed inspection after patching and repairing has been completed, and shall carefully remove splattering of mortar from adjoining work (particularly, but not limited to, plumbing fixtures, trim, tile, and finish metal surfaces), and make good any damage caused by such cleaning operations. 9/21/07 DEMOLITION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02050-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.7 CLEANING A. During and upon completion of work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove unused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris, and dust and shall leave areas affected by work in a clean, approved condition in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Clean adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition, as directed by the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR, and return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of work. C. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and legally dispose of demolished materials and debris from the site. 9/21/07 DEMOLITION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02050-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 02140 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall dewater trench and structure excavations, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall secure all necessary permits to complete the requirements of this Section of the Specifications. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencement of excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan and operation schedule for dewatering of excavations. The CONTRACTOR may be required to demonstrate the system proposed and to verify that adequate equipment, personnel, and materials are provided to dewater the excavations at all locations and times. The CONTRACTOR'S dewatering plan shall have a layout plan of the dewatering system and provide an approved water disposal system. The CONTRACTOR'S dewatering plan shall be reviewed by the Engineer. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. It shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to control the rate and effect of the dewatering in such a manner as to avoid all objectionable settlement and subsidence. B. All dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of the finished project and shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Where critical structures or facilities exist immediately adjacent to areas of proposed dewatering, reference points shall be established and observed at frequent intervals to detect any settlement which may develop. The responsibility for conducting the dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjacent structures and facilities rests solely with the CONTRACTOR. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Dewatering, where required, may include the use of well points, sump pumps, temporary pipelines for water disposal, rock or gravel placement, and other means. Standby pumping equipment shall be maintained on the jobsite. 09/21/07 DEWATERING WATER DISTRIBUTION 02140-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION PART 3 - EXECUTION *-\ 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all equipment necessary for dewatering. It shall have on hand, at all times, sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition and shall have available, at all times, competent workmen for the operation of the pumping equipment. Adequate standby equipment shall be kept available at all times to ensure efficient dewatering and maintenance of dewatering operation during power failure. B. Dewatering for structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first encountered, and shall be continuous until such times as water can be allowed to rise in accordance with the provisions of this Section or other requirements. C. At all times, site grading shall promote drainage. Surface runoff shall be diverted from excavations. Water entering the excavation from surface runoff shall be collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to sumps, and be pumped or drained by gravity from the excavation to maintain a bottom free from standing water. D. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. E. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an ^^ uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with drain _3 rock. F. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the water level below the bottom of excavation in all work areas where groundwater occurs during excavation construction, backfilling, and up to acceptance. G. Flotation shall be prevented by the CONTRACTOR by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible and liable for all damages which may result from failure to adequately keep excavations dewatered. H. If well points or wells are used, they shall be adequately spaced to provide the necessary dewatering and shall be sandpacked and/or other means used to prevent pumping of fine sands or silts from the subsurface. A continual check by the CONTRACTOR shall be maintained to ensure that the subsurface soil is not being removed by the dewatering operation. I. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of water from the WORK in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining any permits that may be necessary to dispose of water. No water shall be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the ENGINEER. Water shall be filtered using an approved method to remove sand and fine-sized soil particles before disposal into any drainage system. _^-<v 09/21/07 DEWATERING WATER DISTRIBUTION 02140-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION J. The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted backfill and prevent flotation or movement of structures, pipelines, and sewers. K. Dewatering of trenches and other excavations shall be considered as incidental to the construction of the WORK and all costs thereof shall be included in the various contract prices in the Bid Forms, unless a separate bid item has been established for dewatering. 09/21/07 DEWATERING WATER DISTRIBUTION 02140-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 02223 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. 1.2 A. DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation, backfill, and compaction of piping, conduit, manholes, and vaults. REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTMC131 ASTMC150 ASTM D 75 ASTM 1556 ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 241 9 ASTM D 301 7 ASTM D 3776 ASTM D 4253 ASTM D 4254 ASTM D 4632 ASTM D 4751 CAL-OSHA - - - - - - - - - - - - - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine Portland Cement Practice for Sampling Aggregates Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a Modified Effort Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine Aggregate Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Plate Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02550 Asphalt Concrete Pavement and Base B. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances C. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines D. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-1 E. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe '**\ 1 .4 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING The Developer or Contractor shall engage the services of a geotechnical engineering firm or individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions during earthwork, trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction operations. Sampling and testing procedures shall be performed in accordance with the Reference Standards and as follows: A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and compaction operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will subject such operations to rejection. B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the use of the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017. Since the composition of the pipe and the walls of the trench have an effect on the nuclear density gauge output, a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture tests shall be made using the sand cone method. C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. D. Determine the relative density of cohesion less soils by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. ^^ ^JE. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75. F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density. A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils firm or individual and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filling of the Notice of Completion by the District. The report shall document the sampling and testing of materials, the location and results of all tests performed, and shall certify that materials and work are in compliance with this specification. 1.5 PIPE ZONE The pipe zone includes the full-width of the trench from 6-inches below the bottom of the pipe to 12-inches above the top of the pipe and extends into manhole or vault excavations to the point of connection to or penetration of such structure. 1.6 TRENCH ZONE The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas, or to the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the pipe zone. 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-2 1.7 PAVEMENT ZONE The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and aggregate base section placed over the trench zone and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the trench zone. 1.8 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 1.9 PROTECTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area. 1.10 ACCESS The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities within or adjacent to the work areas. 1.11 SAFETY A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California Labor Code. B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be protected and supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations. C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 1.12 BLASTING Blasting for excavation shall not be performed without the written permission of the District Procedures and methods of blasting shall conform to all Federal, State, and local laws and ordinances. 1.13 PIPE JACKING Pipe jacking may be permitted in accordance with Section 15125. District approval is required in advance of such operations. 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-3 1.14 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated material and demolition debris. B. It is the intent of these specifications that ail surplus material shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by District, the Contractor shall provide the District with written releases signed by all property owners with whom the Contractor has entered into agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the District from any liability connected therewith. 1.15 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE In the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line and grade. The Contractor shall not deviate from the specified line and grade without prior written approval by the District. 1.16 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractor's convenience at any time. However, the final hydrostatic pressure test, as described in Section 15044, shall be performed following the completion of all backfilling and trench zone compaction with a minimum of 2.5-feet of material over the pipe. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish backfill material as specified below. AH materials used in and above the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required relative density. 2.2 IMPORTED SAND - PIPE ZONE Imported Granular Material shali be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of PVC Pressure Pipe, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint-Coated Pipe. The Imported Granular Material shall be sand (natural1 or manufactured) or quarry waste (decomposed granite) free from asphalt, clay bails, organic, or other deleterious matter. Material shali have a sand equivalent vaiue of not less than 30 per ASTM D 2419, a coefficient of uniformity of 3 or greater, and shall conform to the following gradation: U.S.Standard Sieve Size 1-Inch 3/4-inch No. 4 No. 30 No. 200 Percent Passing by Weight 100 75-100 35-75 10-45 3-9 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLiNG, AND COMPACTING 02223-4 Resistivity for imported sand shall be not less than 2,000 ohm-cm when measured in accordance with California Test Method 643. Imported sand shall not exceed a maximum chloride concentration of 200 mg/l when measured in accordance with California Test Method 422. 1 Native materials may not be used in lieu of Imported Granular Material unless such materials meet alt of the requirements specified above and is approved by the Engineer. 2.3 CRUSHED ROCK - PIPE ZONE Crushed Rock shall be used in the Pipe Zone on PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe. Crushed rock shal! be clean, crushed stone free of organic matter. Crushed rock shall be certified to contain less than 1% asbestos by weight or volume and shall conform to the following gradation and requirements: U.S,Standard Sieve Size 1-Inch 3/4-Inch 1/2-Inch 3/8-Inch No. 4 No. 8 ASTM C 131 Testing Grade Percent Passing toy Weight 100 90-100 30-60 0-20 0-5 — B Test Percentage Wear 100 Revolutions 500 Revolutions Test Method ASTM C 131 — — Requirement — 1 5 Maximum 52 Maximum 2.4 TRENCH ZONE EARTH BACKFILL Earth backfill shall be used within the Trench Zone for installations of PVC Pressure Pipe, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint-Coated Pipe. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRfLLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02223-5 A. Each backfill is defined as material removed from the required excavations and used as backfill or earth fill. Earth backfill that meets the requirements specified herein may be used for all backfill or fill, except where imported materials are shown on the Plans or specified herein. Do not use stockpiled topsoil for backfill or fill. B. Earth backfill shall be excavated material that is free from organic matter, roots, debris, and rocks larger than 6 inches in the greatest dimension. C. Earth backfill used in the trench zone shall be native granular materials free from roots, debris, and organic matter with less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and with no more than 60 percent gravel (i.e., not less than 40 percent passing the No. 4 sieve) and rock particles with a maximum dimension no greater than 6 inches. D. Where the onsite materials are determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable, imported fill shall be provided by the Contractor. 2.5 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks, 188 pounds, of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. District approval is required for use of slurry as a backfill material. 2.6 FILTER FABRIC Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene. Material shall be of non-woven construction and shall meet the following requirements: Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 Ibs. minimum for a 1-inch raveled strip Weight (ASTM D 3776): 4.5 oz./yd2) Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751): 0.006-inch PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the completed work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein. B. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the trench backfill and shall be removed from the project site or retained and incorporated into the topsoil. 3.2 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed and replaced in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-6 3.3 DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping, temporary pipelines, or other means, all subject to the approval of the District. The cost of all dewatering activities shall be borne by the Developer or Contractor. B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or excavations, nor for disposal of collected or accumulated groundcover, without the approval of the agency of jurisdiction. C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around concrete or mortar until it has set at least four hours. D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water from dewatering operations at the construction site. 3.4 SHORING AND SHIELDING A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA. B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields, sheeting, and shoring to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. 3.5 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION Over-excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported granular material or crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as directed by the District or City. 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-7 3.6 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material or crushed rock as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. B. When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a point below the intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. C. When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is encountered at the surface upon which the bedding or base material is to be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District. Restore the trench with crushed rock enclosed in filter fabric as directed by the Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 3-inches, with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. 3.7 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for 6-inches of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall be as shown on the Standard Drawings. B. The maximum length of open trench shall be 500-feet except by permission of the District or City. The distance is the collective length at any location, including open excavation and pipe laying, which has not been backfilled to the elevation of the surrounding gate. C. Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. D. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions. E. Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide a firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe. F. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. G. Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. H. Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-8 Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. Unless shown otherwise in the Approved Plans, the minimum cover for pipelines shall be as follows: Pipeline Application Potable Water Recycled Water Sewer Minimum Cover Required 36-inches 48-inches 66-inches 3.8 MANHOLE ACCESS HOLES AND VAULTS A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. The wails of the excavation shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. B. Manholes Access holes and vaults shall be placed at the location and elevation shown on the plans, on undisturbed soils and 6-inches of compacted crushed rock base. C. Manhole Access hole and vauit excavations shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. 3.9 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation by water settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited. B. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements, the backfill shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary excavations for density tests shall be made as directed by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the Engineer. The requirements of the Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public roads. C. Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random intervals not to exceed 150-feet, as directed by the Soils Technician or District. D. Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction test made in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Procedure C. E. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shal! be as follows: 1. Pipe zone - 90% relative compaction. 2. Trench zone - 90% relative compaction. 3. Structural section in paved areas - per agency requirements, 95% minimum. 9/21/07 TRENCHiNG, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-9 4. Imported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation stabilization - 90% relative density. F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests. 3.10 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material simultaneously around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe or on the sides of the pipe. Care shall be taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to attain 90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance laterals 2-inches and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the copper lateral. Additional lifts of 12-inches or less thickness may be required on 16-inch or larger diameter pipe to attain complete support of the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer of backfill. B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician, backfill of the remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 12-inch lifts. Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical methods. Sand cone tests shall be taken on this layer of backfill. D. The use of a backhoe mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the pipe zone to 24-inches above the top of the pipe. E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-setting methods (i.e., jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted. 3.11 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the District, backfill in the Trench Zone may proceed. B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and size of equipment necessary to accomplish the work. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly moistened, and compacted to the specified relative density. The Contractor shall repair or replace any pipe, fitting, access hole, or structure damaged by the installation operations as directed by the District. 3.12 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILL AND RESTORATION 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-10 A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the District, backfill in the Pavement Zone may proceed as necessary in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks removed or damaged during construction in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. C. Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be constructed per Section 02550 "Asphalt Concrete Pavement and Base". 9/21/07 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02223-11 SECTION 02517 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install Portland cement concrete paving as shown on the drawings, including curbs, gutters, walkways, and pavement, and other site concrete. B. Material selection: 1. Select materials that have the highest possible recycled content while still meeting performance criteria. 2. Select materials from local manufacturers wherever possible. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Provide samples, manufacturer's product data, test reports, and materials' certifications as required in referenced sections for concrete and joint fillers and sealers. B. Mix design: 1. Include the highest percentage of fly ash in concrete mix that will meet the specified performance criteria. 2. Provide manufacturer name and location data for the following materials: a. Concrete: Assembly b. Concrete: Mix Design Report 1) Provide a copy of the plant batch mix report for each different mix design used and batch plant used. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and work shall be in accordance with "The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" (the Standard Specifications), latest edition. B. Base material for concrete shall be CMB per 200-2.4 and shall be placed and compacted per the Standard Specifications. C. Placed concrete shall be class 520-C-2500, maximum 4-inch slump. Pumped concrete shall be class 560-E-2500, maximum 6-inch slump. A complete delivery receipt shall be required for each truckload of concrete delivered. The receipt shall be given to the Contract Administration Inspector. D. Portland Cement Concrete shall be Type II, (201-1.2). 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Forms: Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. 1. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. B. Coat forms with a nonstaining form release agent that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. C. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A185, in flat sheets, not rolls. D. Reinforcing Bars: Deformed steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. E. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. F. Concrete Materials: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete materials, admixtures, bonding materials, curing materials, and others as required. G. Use high-range water-reducing admixture (HRWR) in pumped concrete, concrete for parking structure slabs, and concrete with water/cement ratios below 0.50. High-Range water-reducing admixture (Super Plasticizer) shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G, and be one of the following products: 1. "Super P," Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. 2. "Eucon 37," Euclid Chemical Co. 3. "WRDA 19" or "Daracem," W.R. Grace & Co. 4. "Rheobuild," Master Builders, Inc. 5. Sikament 300," Sika Corp. H. Expansion Joint Sealers: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 7 sections for joint sealers. I. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Preformed strips of asphalt saturated fiberboard, complying with ASTM D 1751. 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-2 J. Provide a packaged, integral color, consisting of Portland cement, coloring pigments, and plasticizing admixtures. Use coloring pigments that are nonfading mineral oxides, interground with cement. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturers' standards. Subject to compliance with specified requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include those of the following manufacturers'. 1. Davis Color, Inc. 2. A. C. Horn, Inc. 3. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 4. Master Builders, Inc. 5. L. M. Scofield Co. 6. Or Equal K. Liquid-Membrane Forming and Sealing Curing Compound: Comply with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A unless other type acceptable to Architect. Moisture loss no more than 0.055 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft/gal, as follows: 1. "Clear Seal"; A. C. Horn. 2. "AR-30" W. R. Meadows. 3. "Kure-N-Seal"; Sonneborn-Contech. 2.2 CONCRETE MIX, DESIGN, AND TESTING A. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 3 sections for concrete mix design, sampling and testing, and quality control and as herein specified. B. Design mix to produce normal-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement, aggregate, water-reducing or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer), air-entraining admixture, and water to produce the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: As indicated on the drawings, or if not so indicated, compressive strength shall be 3000 psi, minimum at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: 8 inches minimum for concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer); 3 inches for other concrete. 3. Air Content: 5 to 8 percent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Set forms to required grades and lines, braced and secured. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after placement. B. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: 1. Top of forms not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-3 C. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. D. Slope step treads at 1/4-inch per foot to drain. 3.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Locate, place, and support reinforcement as specified in Division 3 sections, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. General: Comply with requirements of Division 3 sections for mixing and placing concrete, and as herein specified. B. Do not place concrete until subbase and forms have been checked for line and grade. Moisten subbase if required to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. C. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of mix. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. D. Use bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. E. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints as far as possible. If interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. F. Curbs and Gutters: Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's option. If machine placement is to be used, submit revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed minimums specified. Machine placement must produce curbs and gutters to required cross-section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified. 3.4 JOINTS A. General: Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true to line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated. B. When joining existing structures, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless otherwise indicated. 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-4 C. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on drawings. Construct weakened-plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Tooled Joints: Form weakened-plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finished edges with a jointer. D. Construction Joints: Use standard metal keyways. Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. E. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, inlets, structures, walks, and other fixed objects. F. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2-inch or more than 1-inch below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. If no joint sealer, place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface. G. Fillers and Sealants: Comply with requirements of applicable Division 7 sections for preparation of joints, materials, installation, and performance. 3.5 GENERAL CONCRETE FINISHING A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and floating. Apply a float finish as a first phase proceeding all other finishes. Use hand methods only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10-ft. straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish. C. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2-inch radius. D. After floating and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete troweling and finish surface as follows: 1. On level surfaces, broom finish by drawing a fine-hair broom across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic. 2. On inclined slab surfaces, provide a coarse, non-slip finish by scoring surface with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic. E. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Architect. 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-5 3.6 WOOD FLOAT FINISH >-^ ^A. Also provide as second stage for other finishes, unless otherwise specified. B. Using approved floating machines or hardwood trowels, float surfaces to required planes and shapes, working just sufficiently to bring surfaces to uniform condition. C. Work no more than necessary to achieve uniform texture free from irregularities and screed marks; except where receiving fills or mortar beds, leave surfaces in roughened, granular condition for good mechanical bond. D. Cut and fill surfaces as necessary to true up. E. When followed by other finishes, floating shall leave small amount of mortar on surfaces without excess of water. F. Do not proceed with subsequent finishes until surface water has absorbed or dried off and concrete has set sufficiently to prevent fines or water from being worked to the surface. G. Finish texture shall be fine-grained and granular to provide good slip-resistance, and shall be reasonably free from directional trowel marks. H. Provide for exterior and interior surfaces of buildings, unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 STEEL TROWEL FINISH J•*m*r A. Using finishing machines or steel trowels, trowel surfaces to produce a dense, hard, smooth steel trowel finish. Commence troweling in 1 pass sufficiently to flatten floated surface. B. Wait until concrete has set sufficiently; then resume steel troweling; continue and repeat as required to obtain a hard steel trowel finish, free of blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. C. Do Not: 1. Use cement or sand dusting to absorb or otherwise remove surface water. 2. Commence troweling too soon on freshly placed concrete. 3. Overwork surfaces by excessive troweling in an area in one pass. D. Work out lips, uneven levels, and other irregularities prior to final troweling. E. Neatly tool exposed edges, expansion joints, curbs, arises, and other details. F. Surface across joints shall be level and free from offsets. G. Provide for interior surface not otherwise indicated or specified. 9/21/07 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 02517-6 3.8 BROOM FINISH A. For exterior flatwork and where indicated. B. Draw a soft-bristled push broom over an initially trowel-finished surface. C. When coarser surfaces are desired, use a stiffer-bristled broom. D. Broom finish shall provide a non-slip surface, even if exposed to rain. 3.9 CURING A. Protect and cure finished concrete paving in compliance with applicable requirements of Division 3 membrane-forming curing and sealing compound. 3.10 REPAIRS AND PROTECTIONS A. Repair or replace broken or defective concrete, as directed by the Engineer. B. Protect concrete from damage until acceptance of work. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. C. Sweep concrete pavement and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt, and other foreign material just before final inspection. 9/21/07 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02517-7 SECTION 02550 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND BASE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. THE CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated in the Contract Documents and specified herein. B. This section covers the work necessary to construct asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. B. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Work of this section shall be performed in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), unless otherwise specified herein. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS, and the requirements of this section. B. Samples: Prior to the delivery of specified aggregate to the site, the CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of the material for the INSPECTOR'S acceptance in accordance with SSPWC Section 4-1.4. Samples shall be typical of materials to be furnished from the proposed source and in conformance with the specified requirements. C. The CONTRACTOR shall formulate a job-mix formula using the Marshall Method in accordance with SSPWC Section 203-6.2 and submit it to the ENGINEER for approval. The resultant mixture shall have Marshall properties conforming to SSPWC Section 203-6.2. D. Certificates: 1. Twenty days prior to the delivery of aggregates, asphalt materials, and paving mixes to the project site, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER certificates and test results of compliance of such materials with these Specifications. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02550-1 2. Where laboratory testing is specified herein, the CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent testing laboratory to conduct such tests and submit certificates of the test results. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance will be provided by the INSPECTOR. The AGENCY will provide inspection at the asphalt plant and laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the CITY OF CARLSBAD. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for quality control. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall make all tests necessary to locate a source of materials that meet the Specifications. Final approval of the aggregate material will be based on tests of material taken by the CONTRACTOR from the compacted base course. 2.2 BASE COURSE A. Crushed aggregate for the base course shall consist of crushed rock and rock dust and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS, as modified herein. Crushed slag base will not be allowed. B. The following are modifications to Section 200-2: 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Caltrans Standard Specification, July 1999, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02A Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.7 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include material processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11/2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Sieve Sizes 2" 11/2" 1" 3/4- No 4 No 30 No. 200 Operating Range 100 90-100 50-85 25-45 10-25 2-9 Operating Range 100 90-100 35-60 10-30 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Operating Tests Range Resistance (R-value) 78 Min. Sand Equivalent . 25 Min. Durability Index 35 Min. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Durability Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, another day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements specified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. 2.3 ASPHALT CEMENT A. Asphalt cement for binder shall be [PG 64-10] [PG 70-10] paving asphalt and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-1 PAVING ASPHALT, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 203-1: 203-1 PAVING ASPHALT DELETE section 203-1.2 and ADD the following: 203-1.2 Testing Requirements. Asphalt shall be specified by performance grade and shall conform to the requirements in Table 203.1.2 (A). 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION TABLE 203-1.2 (A) rvoHo AASHTOGrade Test PG58-22 PG64-10 PG64-16 PG64-28 PG70-10 Original Binder Flash Point, °C, minimum Solubility, %, minimum Viscosity, 135°C, Pa-s, maximum3 Dynamic Shear Test Temperature, °C Dynamic Shear, 10 rad/s, G*/Sinrf, kPa, minimum T48 T44 T316 T315 T315 230 99.0 3.0 58 1.00 230 99.0 3.0 64 1.00 230 99.0 3.0 64 1.00 230 99.0 3.0 64 1.00 230 99.0 3.0 70 1.00 RTFO Aged Binder Mass Loss, %, maximum Dynamic Shear Test Temperature, "C Dynamic Shear, 10 rad/s, G*/Sind, kPa, minimum Ductility, 25°C, 5 cm/min, cm, minimum T240 T315 T315 T51 1.00 58 2.20 75 1.00 64 2.20 75 1.00 64 2.20 75 1.00 64 2.20 75 1.00 70 2.20 75 RTFO and PAV Aged Binder PAV Aging Temperature, °C Dynamic Shear Test Temperature, °C Dynamic Shear, 10 rad/s, G*-Sinrf, kPa, maximum Bending Beam Test Temperature, "C Creep Stiffness, MPa, maximum m-value, minimum R28 T315 T315 T313 T313 T313 100 22b 5000 -12 300 0.300 100 31b 5000 0 300 0.300 100 28b 5000 -6 300 0.300 100 22b 5000 -18 300 0.300 110 34" 5000 0 300 0.300 Notes: aThis requirement may be waived at the discretion of the specifying agency if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped and mixed at temperatures that meet all applicable safety standards blf the PAV aged binder exceeds 5000 kPa at the designated test temperature, it will be deemed acceptable if it is less than 5000 kPa when tested at a 3°C higher test temperature 203-1.3 Test Reports and Certifications. First paragraph, last sentence modify as follows: The certified test reports and the testing required in connection with the reports shall be submitted at no cost to the Agency in accordance with 2-5.3.4. Add the following: Asphalt shall be supplied by a California Department of Transportation approved vendors or as specified in the Special Provisions. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02550-4 203-1.4 Temperature. Delete table 203-1.4 (A) and replace with the following: TABLE 203-1.4 (A) ASPHALT GRADE PG 70-10 PG 64-28 PG 64-16 PG 64-10 PG 58-22 PLANT MIXING TEMPERATURE °C ( °F) Minimum 150 (300) 135 (275) 135 (275) 135 (275) 135 (275) Maximum 175 (350) 160 (325) 160(325) 160 (325) 160 (325) DISTRIBUTION APPLICATION TEMPERATURE °C ( °F) Minimum 140 (285) 140 (285) 140 (285) 140 (285) 140 (285) Maximum 175 (350) 175 (350) 175 (350) 175 (350) 175 (350) 203-1.6 Measurement and Payment. Delete Table 203-1.6 (A) and replace with the following: TABLE 203-1.6 (A) Grade of Material 2.4 PRIME COAT Liters Per Tonne at 15°C (Gallons Per Ton at 60°F) Grams per Liter At 15°C (Lbs. Per Gallon at 60°F) PG 70-10 PG 64-28 PG 64-16 PG 64-10 PG 58-22 981 (235) 981 (235) 981 (235) 981 (235) 981 (235) 1020(8.51) 1020(8.51) 1020(8.51) 1020(8.51) 1020(8.51) A. Asphalt to be used for a prime coat shall be liquid asphalt SC-250 and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-2 LIQUID ASPHALT. 2.5 TACK COAT A. Asphalt emulsion shall be CSS-1 or CSS-1h and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-3 EMULSIFIED ASPHALT. 2-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Asphalt concrete for paving the designated area shall be Performance Grade PG-64-10 C2-PG 64-1ORAP hot-plant mix. The design mix report shall indicate results of all testing requirements identified in Section 203-1.2 and 203-6 of the SSPWC, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 203-6: 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 203-6.1 General. Second paragraph, first sentence modify as follows: delete "C2-AR-4000" and replace with "C2-PG 64-10". Second paragraph, second sentence delete "C2-AR4000- RAP" and replace with "C2-PG 64-10 RAP". Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a design mix report and verification data for review by the Engineer for each source of supply and type of mixture specified. The design mix report shall indicate the results of all testing 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02550-5 requirements identified in sections 203-1.2 and 203-6.3 of the standard specifications for public works construction and these special provisions. DELETE sections 203-6.2 and 203-6.3.2 and ADD the following: 203-6.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG 64-10 for surface course, and B-PG 64-10 for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG 70-10 for dikes and class E-PG 70-10 for ditches. 203-6.3.2 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accordance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability1 using: a. Stabilometer Value2 using Calif. Test 366 and shall be the average of three individual Stabilometer Values And/or b. Marshall Stability in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. Stability will be waived provided the extracted asphalt concrete is within +I-.5 of mix design and the extracted gradation complies with Table 203-6.3.2 (A). 2Use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Stabilometer Values are greater than +1-4. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. The amount of asphalt binder used in asphalt concrete placed in dikes, gutters, gutter flares, overside drains and aprons at the ends of drainage structures shall be increased one percent by mass of the aggregate over the amount of asphalt binder determined for use in asphalt concrete placed on the traveled way. 203-6.3.4 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the asphalt content is within +I-.5 of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A). Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.3.2 (A) Marshall Stability using Asphalt Institute MS-2. "**^ •>•*/ 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A). 203-6.7.1 General. Second paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B." 203-6.7.2, Batch Plant Method. Modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and from the Engineer's field laboratory". 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the work. 203-6.7.1 General. Second paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B." 203-6.7.2, Batch Plant Method. Modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and from the Engineer's field laboratory". 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in the work. 2.7 Recycled Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix. A. Recycled asphalt concrete hot mix shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-7, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 203-7: 203-7.1 General. Second paragraph, delete C2-AR-4000-RAC and replace with C2- PG 64- 10-RAC. 203-7.2.2 Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement. Second paragraph, delete "asphalt viscosity" and replace with "performance grade." 203-7.2.3 RAC Bituminous Material. Delete last paragraph and replace with the following: The test results for RAC binder shall meet the RTFO and PAV test requirements in 203-1.2 (A) for the PG grade specified. 2-8 Latex Modified Asphalt Concrete. A. Latex modified asphalt concrete shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-10, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 203-10: 203-10.2.1 Asphalt. Delete "Viscosity Grade AR-4000" and replace with "Performance Grade PG 64-10." 203-10.2.4 Composition and Grading. Delete "III-C3-AR4000" and replace with "III-C3-PG 64-10." 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 2-9 Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix (ARHM) Wet Process. A. Asphalt rubber hot mix (ARHM) wet process shall conform to SSPWC Section 203-11, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 203-1 1 : 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) WET PROCESS DELETE section 203-1 1 .2.1 and ADD the following: 203-1 1 .2.1 Paving Asphalt. The asphalt used for asphalt-rubber shall be PG 64-16 conforming to 203-1 and shall be modified with an asphalt modifier. Performance Grade asphalts other than PG 64-16 may be used upon approval of the Engineer. 203-11.3 Composition and Grading. class ARHM-GG-C PG 64-16. Add the following: Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix shall be 2-10 Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealants. A. Elastomeric Sealant. Elastomeric sealant shall be a polyurethane material of a composition that will, within its stated shelf life, cure only in the presence of moisture. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that is beyond the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. No elastomeric sealant shall be incorporated into any portion of the work that has been stored under conditions not recommended by its manufacturer. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. The cured sealant shall have the performance characteristics in Table 2-10(A): TABLE 2-10(A) ELASTOMERIC SEALANT CHARACTERISTICS Property Hardness (indentation) Tensile Strength Elongation Flex at -40°C Weathering Resistance Salt-Spray Resistance Dielectric Constant Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 2240 Rex. Type A, Model 1700 ASTM D 41 2 Die C, ASTM D 41 2 Die C, 0.6 mm (25 mil) Free Film Bend (180°) ASTM D 822 Weatherometer 350 h ASTM B 117 28 days at 38°C ASTM D 150 Results 65-85 3.45 MPa, minimum 400%, minimum No cracks Slight chalking 3.45 MPa, minimum tensile; 400% minimum Elongation Less than 25% change Conditions 25°C @ 50% relative humidity pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute over 13 mm (V2") Mandrel Cured 7 days at 25°C @ 50% relative humidity 5% NaCI, Die C, pulled at 508 mm (20") per minute over a temperature range of >^/ 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02550-8 B. Asphaltic Emulsion Sealant. Asphaltic emulsion sealant shall conform to the State of California Specification 8040-41 A-15 and shall be used only for filling slots in asphalt concrete pavement. This material shall not be used in slots which exceed 16 mm (5/8") in width or where the slope causes the material to run from the slot. The material shall not be thinned in excess of the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not be placed when the air temperature is less than 7°C (45°F). C. Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant. Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 2-10(C): TABLE 2-10(C) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Cone Penetration Flow, 60°C Resilience Softening Point, Ductility, Flash Point, COC, °C Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation) ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 ASTM D 36 ASTM D 113 ASTM D 92 ASTM D 4402 Results 3.5 mm, max. 5 mm, max. 25%, min. 82 °C, min. 300 mm, min. 288 °C, min. 2.5-3.5 Pa-s Conditions 25°C, 150g, 5s 25°C 25°C, 50 mm/min No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190°C, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Shape subgrade to the grades shown on the Drawings and roll with a three-wheeled power roller weighing approximately 10 tons. Compression under the rear wheels shall be at least 325 pounds per inch of wheel width. Other rollers may be used subject to prior acceptance by the ENGINEER. As the rolling of the subgrade proceeds, dig out all soft or spongy areas and fill the resulting holes with suitable material satisfactory to the INSPECTOR. Dispose of excess materials resulting from the grading. Do not use rollers adjacent to structures where such use may cause damage. Where the base course abuts structures and compaction with a roller is not practicable, compact the area with pneumatic tampers or other approved equipment. B. Use of the prepared subgrade for hauling will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the prepared subgrade from all traffic. C. The subgrade shall be maintained in the finished condition until the first succeeding course is placed. 3.3 BASE COURSE A. Place crushed aggregate base in a uniform layer over the entire area to receive base course, without segregation of size, to such loose depth that when compacted with the 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02550-9 power roller, the course shall have the required thickness shown on the Drawings. Compact over the full-width until a density of 95 percent as determined by AASHTO T 180 is obtained. Blade the base with a grader and roll, while damp, with the power roller specified above until the course is thoroughly and uniformly compacted and its surface is smooth and conforms to the grade requirements specified. Maintain the surface in its finished condition until the succeeding layer is placed. 3.4 PRIME COAT A. A prime coat shall be applied in conformance with SSPWC Section 302-5.3. 3.5 CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. Lay asphalt concrete over the aggregate base in accordance with the SSPWC Section 302-5.5, as modified herein. The method of proportioning, mixing, transporting, laying, processing, rolling the material, and the standards of workmanship shall conform to the applicable requirements of SSPWC Section 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT, as modified herein. At no time shall the course aggregate that has segregated from the mix be scattered across the paved mat. B. A tack coat of emulsified asphalt shall be applied to the first lift of the pavement prior to placing the second lift. Application shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 302-5.4, as modified herein. C. The INSPECTOR will examine the base before the paving has begun. The CONTRACTOR will correct any deficiencies before the paving is started. Roll each lift of the asphalt concrete and compact to 95 percent of the density obtained with the California Kneading Contractor per California Test 304. The grade, line, and cross section of the finished surface shall conform to the Drawings. D. The following are modifications to Section 302-5: 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. 302-5.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to receive asphalt concrete paving with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to paving the area. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-5.2.2 Equipment, add the following: The machine shall be capable of grinding Asphalt Concrete so that the finished surface shall not vary from true plane enough to permit a .01 foot thick shim .25 feet wide to pass under a 12 foot long straight edge when the straight edge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the finished surface shall be uniform to a degree such that a .02 foot shim .25 feet wide will not pass under 12 foot long straight edge when the straight edge is laid on the finished surface in a direction transverse to the centerline and extending from edge to edge of a traffic lane. 302-5.2.5 Pavement Transitions, add the following: The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in section 306-1.5.1. Ramps shall be constructed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-10 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EX""NSION permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.4 Tack Coat, add the following: The Contractor shall place a tack coat between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new pavement when, in the opinion of the engineer, the Contractor has failed to maintain or prepare each existing or previously laid course of asphalt receiving the subsequent course of asphalt in a sufficiently clean state and the asphalt receiving the new pavement course is dirty enough to impair bonding between the next lift of asphalt. 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading, modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth paragraph, add: The Contractor shall provide the spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control for surface course paving. The automatic screed control shall be 9 m (30') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7 and the subsequent subsections A. thru E. which reference windrow operations. Add the following sentence in place of the deleted sentence and subsequent subsections: The use of windrow operations shall not be allowed. 302-5.6.1 General, modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling procedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures), delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: When placing the ARHM overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or extensions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each as shown in the Bid. Such price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in these specifications and plans. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment, add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete shall be at the unit price bid per ton. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat. 3.6 OILED ROADWAYS AND SHOULDERS 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-11 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION A. Oiled roadways and shoulders shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC 302-1, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to SSPWC 302-1: 302-1.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall treat roadway or shoulder to be oiled with a post emergent herbicide applied to all vegetation within the limits of the area to be oiled. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to oiling the roadway or shoulder. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-1.2. Measurement and Payment, add the following: Payment for oiled roadways and shoulders shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be oiled. 3.7 CHIP SEAL A. Chip seal shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 302-2, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 302-2: 302-2.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to be chip sealed with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to chip sealing the street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 302-2.8. Measurement and Payment, add the following: Payment for chip seal shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to be chip sealed. 3.8 ASPHALT-RUBBER CHIP SEAL OR INTERLAYER A. Asphalt-rubber chip seal or interlayer shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 302-3, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 302-3: Add the following section: 302-3.1 General. The Contractor shall treat all vegetation within the limits of the paved area to receive asphalt-rubber chip seal treatment with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. Payment for asphalt-rubber chip seal treatment shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to receive asphalt-rubber chip seal treatment. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-12 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.9 EMULSION-AGGREGATE SLURRY A. Emulsion-aggregate slurry shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 302-4, as modified herein. B. The following are modifications to Section 302-4: Add the following section: 302-4.3.4 Surface Preparation. As part of surface preparation prior to application of emulsion-slurry seal the Contractor shall: 1. treat the area to receive emulsion-slurry seal with a post emergent herbicide. Herbicide shall be applied at least 2 (two) working days prior to sealing of street. Allowance for the two day period shall be shown in the schedule required per section 6-1. 2. remediate cracks, potholes, and large areas of alligator cracking. Remediation shall be accomplished by: a) Removal of existing asphalt pavement, base material and soil and replacement with full depth asphalt concrete in locations designated by the Engineer b) Crack cleaning and sealing of all cracks designated by the Engineer. 302-4.4 Public Convenience and Traffic Control. Add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to, mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses on which sealing shall occur. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the contractor's responsibility. Letters shall be as shown in bold type as follows, with the appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the brackets and italicized. (Name of Contractor) (Address of Contractor) (Contractor's License Number) (Date) As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be sealed with a mixture of asphalt and sand, beginning in two or three weeks. This process requires that your street be closed for one day starting at 7:00 a.m. and continuing until the Contractor removes the traffic control devices. You will be notified 72 hours in advance of the day your street will be closed by a brightly colored 3 Vi" x 8 1/2" card attached to your doorknob. You will also notice temporary no parking signs on your street with a specific no parking date written on it. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-13 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION A successful street maintenance program depends on your cooperation. Please do not drive, walk, play, skate or allow pets on the sealed street until it has dried. Furthermore, please do not wash your car or turn on any sprinklers while you are waiting for the seal to dry. If you don't plan to leave your home before 7:00 a.m. on the day your street will be sealed, and you need to use your vehicle later in the day, please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that is not signed as a no parking zone. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly sealed street or you will have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. The residue will damage some surfaces, will mark all surfaces that you track it on and will be very difficult to remove. (Name of Contractor) is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the City and you may call them at (24 hour per day attended telephone number in the 760 area code) for any questions you may have about the project. Sealing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is collected. On the day your street is sealed mail delivery may be delayed until the next day. You will not know the exact date your street will be closed until you receive the 3 V*" x 8 1/a" card. If you have a moving company scheduled to come to your house within the next two weeks, please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which are not addressed by the Contractor, please call the City's Engineering Inspection Department at 438-1161, extension 4323. They will assist you in resolving the concerns. The City of Carlsbad has some of the finest streets in the county due to the concern and cooperation of citizens like you. Your cooperation is greatly appreciated." During sealing operations, the Contractors schedule for slurry seal application shall be designed to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be sealed sufficient paved parking within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-14 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION The Contractor shall deliver the notification which shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The precut notices shall be as shown on the example provided in Appendix "A", with the day of the week circled and appropriate information specific to the work inserted at the locations indicated in the italicized font. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for printing and distributing these notices. 3-10 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIRS AND REMEDIATION A. General. Asphalt pavement Repairs and Remediation shall consist of the repair and restoration of existing asphalt pavement. Repair of asphalt pavement shall consist of the saw cutting, removal and disposal of existing asphalt pavement in conformance with section 300-1.3, compaction of existing subgrade in conformance with section 301-1, grading and compaction of base material in conformance with section 301-2, application of grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt and the placement of asphalt concrete base and wearing courses as specified herein. B. Full Depth Asphalt Concrete Patch. Full depth asphalt concrete patch shall consist of removing asphalt concrete and/or aggregate base/subgrade to 300 mm (1') below existing asphalt surface and placing replacing the material so removed with asphalt concrete. The area shown on the plans or set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the final limits of the asphalt patch area by outlining the area to be patched. The Contractor shall cut such areas to straight lines in square or rectangular areas as marked. The area so cut shall have two of the sides at right angles to the direction of traffic. The excavated faces of the base/subgrade shall be straight and vertical. The Contractor shall compact the upper 300mm (1') of subgrade to 95% relative compaction. A tack coat of SS-1h emulsified asphalt shall be applied uniformly to all asphalt to asphalt contact surfaces at a rate of 0.25 L/m2 to 0.45 L/m2 (0.05 to O.IOgallons per square yard) in accordance with subsection 302-5.4, SSPWC. The Contractor shall fill and compact areas designated to be removed with 300 mm (1.0') full depth asphalt concrete. Asphalt concrete for full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be B-PG 64-10. The asphalt concrete so constructed shall have a finish surface and density conforming to subsection 302-5.6.2 SSPWC. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-15 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Crack Sealing. The Contractor shall wash, blow out and thoroughly dry all cracks /*"N designated to be sealed before installing elastomeric sealant material. The Contractor ^J shall dispose debris from crack cleaning outside the public way in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit. Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4°C (40°F). Containers of hot-melt sealant shall be delivered to the job-site in unopened containers that are clearly marked with data showing the manufacturer's name, the product designation and the manufacturer's batch number and lot numbers. The level of the sealant shall be flush with the surface of the existing pavement. All excess sealant shall be removed from the crack with a minimum overlap onto adjacent pavement. D. Measurement and Payment. Quantities of full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealing set forth in the bid item are for estimating purposes only, final quantity will be as designated and measured in the field. The Engineer will designate and mark the limits of the Full depth asphalt concrete patch and crack sealant application areas. Payment for emulsion-aggregate slurry treatments shall include post emergent herbicide treatment of the areas to receive for emulsion-aggregate slurry treatment. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of constructing full depth asphalt concrete patch shall include but not be limited to: furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for doing the work including, saw cutting and removing and disposing 300 mm (1') thick section of existing asphalt concrete, aggregate base/subbase and basement soil as designated by the engineer, placement of asphalt concrete, compaction of subbase and asphalt concrete, placement of SS-1h asphalt emulsion and all other work incidental to full depth asphalt concrete patch shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid for full depth asphalt concrete patch and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of crack sealing shall include but not be limited to, furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to do the work. Crack cleaning, roadway clean up, application of sealant, removal of excess sealant and all other work incidental to crack sealing shall be considered as included in the contract unit price bid and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 3.11 CLEANUP A. Clean all debris and unused materials from the paving operation. Clean all surfaces that have been spattered or defaced as a result of the paving operation. Asphalt or asphalt stains which are noticeable upon surfaces of concrete or materials which will be exposed to view shall be promptly and completely removed. Cleaning shall be done in a manner that will not result in any discharge of contaminated materials into any catch basin. 9/21/07 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT WATER DISTRIBUTION 02550-16 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 03290 JOINTS IN CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall construct all joints in concrete at the locations shown. Joints required in concrete structures are of various types and will be permitted only where shown, unless specifically accepted by the ENGINEER. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE C. Section [03300] Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the reference specifications of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards. 1. Federal Specifications: TT-S-0227E(3) Sealing Compound, elastomeric type, Multi- component for Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing Buildings and Other Structures). 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specifications: CRD-C572 Specifications for Polyvinylchloride Waterstop 3. Commercial Standards: ASTM C 920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. ASTM D 624 Test Method for Rubber Property - Tear Resistance. ASTM D 638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. ASTM D 746 Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact. ASTM D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. ASTM D 2240 Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with GENERAL PROVISIONS. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. The following submittals and specific information shall be provided. _^ 1. Waterstops: Prior to use of the material required under this contract, qualification samples shall be submitted. Such samples shall consist of extruded or molded sections of each size or shape to be used. The material sample shall be representative of the material to be furnished under this contract. The balance of the material to be used under this contract shall not be produced until after the ENGINEER has reviewed and approved the qualification samples. 2. Joint Sealant: Prior to ordering the sealant material, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review and approval, data to show compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Certified test reports from the sealant manufacturer on the actual batch of material being supplied indicating compliance with the above requirements shall be furnished the ENGINEER before the sealant is used on the job. 3. Shipping Certification: The CONTRACTOR shall provide written certification from the manufacturer as an integral part of the shipping form, to show that all of the material shipped to this project meets or exceeds the physical property requirements of the Contract Documents. Supplier certificates are not acceptable. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall submit placement shop drawings showing the location and type of all joints for each structure. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,-> A. Waterstop Inspection: It is required that all waterstop field joints shall be subject to ^^^ inspection, and no such work shall be scheduled or started without having made prior arrangements with the INSPECTOR to provide for the required inspections. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the INSPECTOR for scheduling such inspections. B. All field joints in waterstops shall be free of misalignment, bubbles, inadequate bond, porosity, cracks, offsets, and other defects which would reduce the potential resistance of the material to water pressure at any point. All defective joints shall be replaced with material which shall pass said inspection, and all faulty material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. The following waterstop defects represent a partial list of defects which shall be grounds for rejection: 1. Offsets at joints greater than 1/16-inch or 15 percent of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less. 2. Exterior crack at joint, due to incomplete bond, which is deeper than 1/16-inch or 15 percent of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less. 3. Any combination of offset or exterior crack which will result in a net reduction in the cross section of the waterstop in excess of 1/16-inch or 15 percent of material thickness at any point, whichever is less. 4. Misalignment of joint which result in misalignment of the waterstop in excess of 1/2-inch in 10 feet. 5. Purosity in the welded joint as evidenced by visual inspection. 6. Bubbles or inadequate bonding. D. Waterstop Samples: Prior to use of the waterstop material in the field, a sample of a fabricated metered cross and a tee constructed of each size or shape of material to be used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval. These samples shall be fabricated so that the material and workmanship represent in all respects the fittings to be furnished under this contract. Field samples of fabricated fittings (crosses, tees, etc.) will be selected at random by the INSPECTOR for testing. When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 600 psi. E. The sealant material shall show no signs of adhesive or cohesive failure when tested in accordance with the following procedure in laboratory and field tests: 1. Sealant specimen shall be prepared between 2 concrete blocks (1-inch by 2-inch by 3-inch). Spacing between the blocks shall be 1/2-inch. Coated spacers (2-inch by 1-1/2-inch by 1/2-inch) shall be used to ensure sealant cross-sections of 1/2-inch by 2 inches with a width of 1/2-inch. 2. Sealant shall be cast and cured according to manufacturer's recommendations except that curing period shall not exceed 24 hours. 3. Following curing period, the gap between blocks shall be widened to one inch. Spacers shall be used to maintain this gap for 24 hours prior to inspection for failure. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.6 TYPES OF JOINTS A. Construction Joints: When fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface, the joint between the two pours is called a construction joint. Unless otherwise specified, all joints in water bearing members shall be provided with a waterstop and sealant groove of the shape specified and as shown on the plans. B. Contraction Joints: Contraction joints are similar to construction joints except that the fresh concrete shall not bond to the hardened surface of the first pour, which shall be coated with a bond breaker. The slab reinforcement shall be stopped 4-1/2 inches from the joint; which is provided with a sleeve-type dowel, to allow shrinkage of the concrete of the second pour. Waterstop and sealant groove shall also be provided. C. Expansion Joints: To allow the concrete to expand freely, a space is provided between the two pours, the joint shall be formed as shown on the plans. This space is obtained by placing a filler joint material against the first pour, which acts as a form for the second pour. Unless otherwise specified, all expansion joints in water bearing members shall be provided with an approved type waterstop. Premolded expansion joint material shall be installed with the edge at the indicated distance below or back from finished concrete surface, and shall have a slightly tapered, dressed, and oiled wood strip secured to or placed at the edge thereof during concrete placement, which shall later be removed to form space for sealing material. The space so formed shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in the Paragraph in Part 2 entitled "Joint Sealant". In order to keep the two elements in line, the joint shall be provided with a sleeve-type dowel as shown. D. Control Joints: The function of the control joint is to provide a weaker plane in the concrete, where shrinkage cracks will probably occur. A groove, of the shape and dimension as shown on the plans, is formed or saw-cut in the concrete and shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in the Paragraph in Part 2 entitled "Joint Sealant". 1.7 GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a 5-year written guarantee of the entire sealant installation against faulty and/or incompatible materials and workmanship, together with a statement that it agrees to repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the AGENCY, at no additional cost to the AGENCY, any such defective areas which become evident within said 5-year guarantee period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PVC WATERSTOPS A. General: Waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomeric polyvinyl chloride compound containing the plasticizers, resins, stabilizers, and other materials necessary to meet the requirements of these Specifications. No reclaimed or scrap material shall be used. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the waterstop manufacturer and shall furnish to the ENGINEER for review, current test reports and a written certification of the manufacturer that the material to be shipped to the job meets the physical requirements as outlined in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-C572 and those listed herein. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. C. D. E. Fiatstrip and Center-Bulb Waterstops: Flatstrip and center-bulb waterstops shall be as detailed and as manufactured by: Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California; Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois; Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York; or equal provided, that at no place shall the thickness of flat strip waterstops, including the center bulb type, be less than 3/8-inch. Multi-Rib Waterstops: Multi-rib waterstops, where required, shall be as detailed and as manufactured by Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois, Progress Unlimited, Inc., New York, New York; or equal. Prefabricated joint fittings shall be used at all intersections of the ribbed-type waterstops. Other Types of Waterstops: When other types of waterstops, not listed above are required and shown, they shall be subjected to the same requirements as those listed herein. Waterstop Testing Requirements: When tested in accordance with the specified test standards, the waterstop material shall meet or exceed the following requirements: Physical Property, Sheet Material Tensile Strength-mtnjpsi) Ultimate Elongation-min (percent) Low Temp Brittieness-max (degrees F) Stiffness in Fiexure-min (psi) Accelerated Extraction (CRD-C572) Tensil Strength-min (psi) Ultimate Elongation-min (percent) Effect of Alkalies (CRD-C572) Change in Weight (percent) Change in Durometer, Shore A Finish Waterstop Tensile Strength-min (psi) Ultimate Eiongation-min (percent) Value 1750 350 -35 400 1500 300 +0.25/-0.10 +5 1400 280 ASTM Std, D 6358, Type IV D 638, Type IV D746 D747 D 638, Type IV D 638, Type IV — D2240 D 638, Type IV D 638, Type IV 2.2 A. JOINT SEALANT Joint sealant shall be polyurethane polymer designed for bonding to concrete which is continuously submerged in water. 9/21/07 WATER DiSTRUBTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03290-5 B. Joint sealant material shall meet the following requirements: ^\ Work Life 45 - 90 minutes Time to Reach 20 Shore "A" Hardness (at 77 degrees F, 200 gr quantity) 24 hours, maximum Ultimate Hardness 30 - 40 Shore "A" Tensile Strength 250 psi, minimum Ultimate Elongation 400 percent, minimum Tear Resistance (Die C ASTM D 624) 75 pounds per inch of thickness, minimum Color Light Gray C. All polyurethane sealants for waterstop joints in concrete shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Sealant shall be 2-part polyurethane with the physical properties of the cured sealant conforming to or exceeding the requirements of ASTM C 920 or Federal Specification TT-S-00227 E(3) for 2-part material, as applicable. 2. For vertical joints and overhead horizontal joints, only "non-sag" compounds shall be used; all such compounds shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 920 Class B, or Federal Specification TT-S-0027 E(3), Type II. 3. For plane horizontal joints, the self-leveling compounds which meet the requirements of ASTM C 920 Class A, or Federal Specification TT-S-0027 E(3), Type I shall be used. For joints subject to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic, a compound providing non-tracking characteristics, and having a Shore "A" hardness range of 25 to 35, shall be used. 4. Primer materials, if recommended by the sealant manufacturer, shall conform to the printed recommendations of the sealant manufacturer. D. All sealants, wherever shown, or required hereunder shall be [Rubbercalk 2101-1 or 270 as manufactured by Products Research Company; GS 102 or GS 1102 as manufactured by General Sealants Corp; or equal]. 2.3 PREFORMED JOINT FILLER A. Preformed joint filler material shall be of the preformed non-extruding type joint filler constructed of cellular neoprene sponge rubber or polyurethane of film texture. Bituminous fiber type will not be permitted. All non-extruding and resilient-type preformed expansion joint fillers shall conform to the requirements and tests set forth in ASTM D 1752 for Type I, except as otherwise specified herein. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 2.4 BACKING ROD A. Backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell, polyethylene foam rod. The material shall be compatible with the joint sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25 percent at 8 psi. The rod shall be 1/8-inch larger in diameter than the joint width except that a one-inch diameter rod shall be used for a 3/4-inch wide joint. 2.5 BOND BREAKER A. Bond breaker shall be Super Bond Breaker as manufactured by Burke Company, San Mateo, California; Hunt Process 225-TU as manufactured by Hunt Process Co., Santa Fe Springs, California; Select Cure CRB as manufactured by Select Products Co., Upland, California; or equal. It shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. 2.6 BENTONITE WATERSTOP A. Where called for in the Contract Documents, bentonite type waterstop, which shall expand in the presence of water to form a watertight joint seal without damaging the concrete in which it is cast, shall be provided. B. The bentonite waterstop shall be composed of 75 percent bentonite. The balance of the material shall be butyl rubber-hydrocarbon with less than 1.0 percent volatile matter. The waterstop shall contain no asbestos fibers or asphaltics. C. The manufacturer's rated application temperature range shall be from 5 to 125 degrees F. The service temperature range shall be from -40 to 212 degrees F. D. The cross sectional dimensions of the unexpended waterstop shall be one inch by 3/4-inch. E. The waterstop shall be provided with an adhesive backing which will provide excellent adhesion to concrete surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise shown, waterstops of the type specified herein shall be embedded in the concrete across joints as shown. All waterstops shall be fully continuous for the extent of the joint. Splices necessary to provide such continuity shall be accomplished in conformance to printed instructions of manufacturer of the waterstops. The CONTRACTOR shall take suitable precautions and means to support and protect the waterstops during the progress of the work and shall repair or replace at its own expense any waterstops damaged during the progress of the work. All waterstops shall be stored so as to permit free circulation of air around the waterstop material. B. When any waterstop is installed in the concrete on one side of a joint, while the other half or portion of the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than 2 days, suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.2 SPLICES IN WATERSTOPS A. Splices in waterstops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations and the following requirements: 1. The material may not be damaged by heat sealing. 2. The splices have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength. 3. The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis be maintained. B. Butt joints of the ends of two identical waterstop sections may be made while the material is in the forms. C. All joints with waterstops involving more than 2 ends to be jointed together, and all joints which involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of 2 dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated by the CONTRACTOR prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved, such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be installed in the forms and the ends of the 24-inch strips shall be butt welded to the straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Setting Waterstops: 1. In order to eliminate faulty installation that may result in joint leakage, particular care shall be taken of the correct positioning of the waterstops during installation. Adequate provisions must be made to support the waterstops during the progress of the WORK and to ensure proper embedment in the concrete. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the concrete pours at the joints. The center axis of the waterstops shall be coincident with the joint openings. Maximum density and imperviousness of the concrete shall be ensured by thoroughly working it in the vicinity of all joints. 2. In placing flat-strip waterstops in the forms, means shall be provided to prevent them from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed. Unless otherwise shown, all waterstops shall be held in place with light wire ties on 12-inch centers which shall be passed through the edge of the waterstop and tied to the curtain of reinforcing steel. Horizontal waterstops, with their flat face in a vertical plane, shall be held in place with continuous supports to which the top edge of the waterstop shall be tacked. In placing concrete around horizontal waterstops, with their flat face in a horizontal plane, concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand so as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets. 3. Adequate means shall be provided for anchoring the waterstop in concrete. Waterstops shall be positioned so that they are equally embedded in the concrete on each side of the joint. o 9/21/07 WATER DISTRUBTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03290-8 B. Joint Location: 1. Construction joints, and other types of joints, shall be provided where shown. When not shown, construction joints shall be provided at [25-foot] maximum spacing for all concrete construction, unless noted otherwise. Where joints are shown spaced greater than 25 feet apart, additional joints shall be provided to maintain the [25-foot] maximum spacing. The location of all joints, of any type, shall be submitted for acceptance by the ENGINEER. C. Joint Preparation: Special care shall be used in preparing concrete surfaces at joints where bonding between two sections of concrete is required. Unless otherwise shown, such bonding will be required at all horizontal joints in walls. Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section [03300], "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Except on horizontal wall construction joints, wall to slab joints or where otherwise shown or specified, at all joints where waterstops are required, the joint face of the first pour shall be coated with a bond breaker as specified herein. D. Construction Joint Sealant: 1. Construction joints in water-bearing floor slabs, and elsewhere as shown, shall be provided with tapered grooves which will be filled with construction joint sealant. The material used for forming the tapered grooves shall be left in the grooves until just before the grooves are cleaned and filled with joint sealant. After removing the forms from the grooves, all laitance and fins shall be removed, and the grooves shall be sand-blasted. The grooves shall be allowed to become thoroughly dry, after which they shall be blown out; immediately thereafter, they shall be primed and filled with the construction joint sealant. The primer used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer supplying the sealant. No sealant will be permitted to be used without a primer. Care shall be used to completely fill the sealant grooves. Areas designed to receive a sealant filler shall be thoroughly cleaned, as outlined for the tapered grooves, prior to application of the sealant. 2. Sealant application shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The surfaces of the groove for the sealant shall not be coated. Concrete next to waterstops shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of Section [03300], Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. The primer and sealant shall be placed strictly in accordance with the printed recommendations of the manufacturer, taking special care to properly mix the sealant prior to application. All sealant shall cure at least 7 days before the structure is filled with water. 4. All sealant shall be installed by a competent waterproofing specialty contractor who has a successful record of performance in similar installations. Before work is commenced, the crew doing the WORK shall be instructed as to the proper method of application by a representative of the sealant manufacturer. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-9 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 5. Thorough, uniform mixing of 2-part, catalyst-cured materials is essential; special care shall be taken to properly mix the sealer before its application. Before any sealer is placed, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the crew doing the WORK carefully instructed as to the proper method of mixing and application by a representative of the sealant manufacturer. 6. Any joint sealant which after the manufacturer's recommended curing time for the job conditions of the WORK hereunder, fails to fully and properly cure shall be completely removed; the groove shall be thoroughly sandblasted to remove all traces of the uncured or partially cured sealant and primer, and shall be re-sealed with the specified joint sealant. All costs of such removal, joint treatment, re-sealing, and appurtenant work shall be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. E. Bentonite Waterstop: 1. Where a bentonite waterstop is called for in the Contract Documents, it shall be installed with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations; except, as modified herein. 2. When requested by the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange for, the manufacturer to provide technical assistance in the field. 3. The bentonite waterstop shall be located as near as possible to the center of the joint and it shall be continuous around the entire joint. 4. Where a bentonite waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, the bentonite waterstop shall overlap the PVC waterstop for a minimum of 6 inches and shall be placed in contact with the PVC waterstop. 5. The bentonite waterstop shall not be placed when the temperature of the waterstop material is below 40 degrees F. The waterstop material may be warmed so that it shall remain above 40 degrees F during placement; however, means used to warm the material shall in no way harm the material or its properties. The waterstop shall not be installed where the air temperature falls outside the manufacturer's recommended range. 6. The bentonite waterstop shall be secured in place with concrete nails and washers at 12-inch maximum spacing. This shall be in addition to the adhesive backing provided with the waterstop. 9/21/07 JOINTS IN CONCRETE WATER DISTRUBTION 03290-10 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes materials and methods for formwork, reinforcement, mixing, placement, curing and repairs of concrete, and the use of cementitious materials and other related products. This section includes concrete, mortar, grout, reinforcement, thrust and anchor blocks, valve support blocks, and manhole bases. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTMA185 ASTMA615/A615M ASTMC150 ASTM C 494 ASTM C 881 CRSI SSPWC - - - - - • Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Specification for Portland Cement Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook" 1.3 A. 1.4 A. B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 02223 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting APPLICATIONS The following materials, referenced in other sections, shall be provided and installed in accordance with this specification for the applications noted below: Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks for horizontal and vertical bends, ductile-iron or steel fittings, fire hydrant bury ells, and support blocks for valves 4-inches and larger, all in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Concrete for collars, cradles, curbs, encasements, gutters, manhole bases, protection posts, sidewalks, splash pads, and other miscellaneous cast-in-place items. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 C. Mortar for filling and finishing the joints between manhole and vault sections and setting /-^ manhole grade rings and cover frames. Mortar may also be used for repairs of minor .^J surface defects of no more than %-inch in depth of 1/2-inch in width on non-structural, cast-in-place items such as splash pads or concrete rings around manholes. (Note that large voids, structural concrete and pipe penetrations into vaults shall be repaired with non-shrink grout; repairs to precast manholes and vaults and cast-in-place manhole bases shall be repaired with an epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar, as outlined below). D. Epoxy bonding agent for bonding repair mortar to concrete on repairs to damaged surfaces to precast or cast-in-place concrete manoles and vaults. E. Repair mortar for repair to damaged surfaces of precast or cast-in-place concrete manholes and vaults. An epoxy bonding agent shall be used in conjunction with repair mortar. F. Non-shrink grout for general purposes repair of large construction voids, pipe penetrations into vaults and grouting of base plates for equipment or structural members. G. Epoxy adhesives for grouting of anchor bolts. H. Protective epoxy coating for application to reinforcing steel with existing concrete structures exposed during construction. I. Damp-proofing for application to the exterior surfaces of concrete manholes and vaults ^\ located at or below the water table or where showing evidence of moisture or seepage, ''***/ and as directed by the Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and tagged with identification. Store on skids to keep bars clean and free of mud and debris. If contaminated, all bars shall be cleaned by wire brushing, sand blasting, or other means prior to being set in forms. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 CONCRETE A. All Portland cement concrete shall conform to the provisions of Sections 201, 202, and 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook). B. Class 560-C-3250 concrete, as described in the Greenbook, Section 201, shall be used for all applications unless otherwise directed by the District. The maximum water/cement ratio shall be 0.53 by weight, and the maximum slump shall be 4-inches. C. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting concrete may be required. Accelerating admixtures shall conform to ASTM C-494 and may be used in the concrete mix as permitted by the District. Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete. 01/19/06 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 03300-2 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of the Manual of Standard Practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 2.3 WELDED FIRE FABRIC Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185. 2.4 TIE WIRE Tie wire shall be 16-gage minimum, black, soft annealed. 2.5 BAR SUPPORTS Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after removal of forms shall be galvanized or plastic coated. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. 2.6 FORMS A. Forms shall be accurately constructed of clean lumber. The surface of forms against which concrete is placed shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags or holes. B. Metal form systems may be used upon District approval. Include manufacturer's data for materials and installation with the request to use a metal form system. 2.7 MORTAR Cement mortar shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, sand, and water. One part cement and two parts sand shall first be combined, and then thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. 2.8 EPOXY BONDING AGENT The epoxy bonding agent shall be an epoxy-resin-based product intended for bonding new mortar to hardened concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The bonding agent shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.9 REPAIR MORTAR Repair mortar shall be a two-component, cement-based product specifically designed for structurally repairing damaged concrete surfaces. The repair mortar shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and low shrinkage. A medium-slump repair mortar shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a non-sag, low-slump repair mortar shall be used on vertical or overhead surfaces. Repair mortar shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 01/19/06 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 03300-3 2.10 NON-SHRINK GROUT >-\ ^,> Non-shrink grout shall be a non-metallic cement-based product intended for filling general construction voids or grouting base plates for equipment or structural members. The non-shrink grout shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and zero shrinkage, and shall be capable of mixing to a variable viscosity ranging from a dry pack to a fluid consistency as required for the application. The non-shrink grout shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.11 EPOXY ADHESIVE Epoxy adhesive shall be a high-modulus epoxy-resin-based product intended for structural grouting of anchor bolts and dowels to concrete. The epoxy adhesives shall conform to ASTM C 881. A pourable, medium-viscosity epoxy shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a heavy-bodied, non-sag epoxy gel shall be used on vertical surfaces. The epoxy adhesives shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.12 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING The protective epoxy coating shall be an epoxy-resin-based product exhibiting high bond strength to steel and concrete surfaces, and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The protective epoxy coating shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.13 DAMP-PROOFING FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES Damp-proofing material shall consist of two coats of a single-component self-priming, ^^ heavy-duty cold-applied coal tar selected from the Approved Materials List. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. The Contractor shall notify the District a minimum of one working day in advance of intended placement of concrete to enable the District to check the form lines, grades, and other required items before placement of concrete. B. The form surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with form oil prior to installation. The form surfaces shall leave uniform form marks conforming to the general lines of the structure. C. The forms shall be braced to provide sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the concrete and to withstand the necessary fluid pressure and consolidation pressures without deflection from the prescribed lines. D. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all exposed sharp concrete edges shall be 3/4-inch chamfered. 01/19/06 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 03300-4 3.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. B. All reinforcing steel shall be of the required sizes and shapes and placed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the District. C. Do not straighten or re-bend reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage the material. Do not use bars with bends not shown on the drawings. All steel shall be cold bent - do not use heat. D. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating that would reduce or destroy the bond between concrete and steel. E. Position reinforcing steel in accordance with the Approved Plans and secure by using annealed wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the forms. Bend tie wires away from the forms in order to provide the concrete coverage equal to that required of the bars. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install bars additional to those shown on the drawings for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position. F. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2-inches clear of any metal pipe, fittings, or exposed surfaces. G. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the placement of concrete. H. All reinforcing steel, wire mesh, and tie wire shall be completely encased in concrete. I. Reinforcing steel shall not be welded unless specifically required by the Approved Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer. I. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into the concrete after the concrete has been placed. J. Minimum lap for all reinforcement shall be 40 bar diameters unless otherwise specified on the Approved Plans. K. Place additional reinforcement around pipe penetrations or openings 6-inches diameter or larger. Replace cut bars with a minimum of 1/2 of the number of cut bars at each side of the opening, each face, each way, same size. Lap with the uncut bars a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. Place one same size diagonal bar at the four diagonals of the opening at 45° to the cut bars, each face. Extend each diagonal bar a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. L. Wire mesh reinforcement is to be rolled flat before being placed in the form. Support and tie wire mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 M. Extend welded wire fabric to within 2-inches of the edges of slabs. Lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6-inches. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at lest every 24-inches with 16-gage black annealed steel wire. Pull the fabric into position as the concrete is placed by means of hooks, and work concrete under the steel to ensure that it is at the proper distance above the bottom of the slab. 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS All embedded items, including bolts, dowels and anchors, shall be held correctly in place in the forms before concrete is placed. 3.4 MORTAR MIXING The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of mortar shall be only that required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Mortar shall be used as soon as possible after mixing and shall show no visible sign of setting prior to use. Re-mixing of mortar by the addition of water after signs of setting are evident shall not be permitted. 3.5 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. All concrete shall be placed in forms before taking its initial set. B. No concrete shall be placed in water except with permission of the District. C. As the concrete is placed in forms, or in rough excavations (i.e., thrust or anchor blocks), it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted throughout the entire layer by internal vibration and tamping bars. D. All existing concrete surfaces upon which or against which new concrete is to be placed shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned, wetted, and grouted before the new concrete is deposited. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Immediately upon the removal of forms, voids shall be neatly filled with cement mortar, non-shrink grout, or epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar as required for the application and as directed by the District. B. The surfaces of concrete exposed to view shall be smooth and free from projections or depressions. C. Exposed surfaces of concrete not poured against forms, such as horizontal or sloping surfaces, shall be screeded to a uniform surface, steel-trowelled to densify the surface, and finished to a light broom finish. 01/19/06 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 03300-6 3.7 PROTECTION AND CURING OF CONCRETE The Contractor shall protect all concrete against damage. Exposed surfaces of new concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun by covering them with plastic film wrap and by keeping them damp for at least 7 days after the concrete has been placed, or by using an approved curing process. Exposed surfaces shall be protected from frost by covering with tarps for at least 5 days after pouring. 3.8 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED CONCRETE SURFACES Minor surface damage to hardened cast-in-place or precast concrete may be repaired, at the discretion of the District, using the specified materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedures: A. Cast-in-place or precast concrete for manholes and vaults: Remove loose or deteriorated concrete to expose a fractured aggregate surface with an edge cut to a ninety degree angle to the existing surface. Clean all debris from the area, apply a 20 mil coat of epoxy bonding agent to the prepared surface, and place repair mortar while the epoxy is still wet and tacky. On horizontal surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, add aggregate to the repair mortar as recommended by the manufacturer. On vertical or overhead surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, apply the repair mortar in successive lifts, scarifying the lifts, allowing them to harden, and applying a scrub coat of the material prior to proceeding with the next lift. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. B. General Purpose: Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by mechanical means, sandblasting, or high-pressure water blasting. Clean all debris from the area and apply non-shrink grout in a 1/4-inch minimum thickness, at the desired consistency, ranging from a dry pack, to a fluid-poured into a formed area, according to the application. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. 3.9 EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION Anchor bolts grouted in place with an epoxy adhesive shall be installed using the specified materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following general procedures: Drill the hole with a rotary percussion drill to produce a rough, unpolished hole surface, the hole shall be sized to the manufacturer's recommendations and should be approximately 1/4-inch wider than the diameter of the bolt, with a depth equal to 10 to 15 times the bolt diameter. Remove debris and dust with a stiff bristle brush and clean using compressed air. Utilizing a medium-viscosity epoxy for horizontal surfaces, and a gel-type non-sag epoxy for vertical surfaces, apply the material to fill the hole to approximately half its depth. Insert the bolt, forcing it down until the required embedment depth and projection length are attained and then twist the bolt to establish a bond. Secure the bolt firmly in place in the permanent position until the epoxy sets. 3.10 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING Following core drilling at existing concrete structures, clean the exposed concrete surface and ends of reinforcing steel and apply two coats of protective epoxy coating for a total dry film thickness of 10-15 mils. Allow the material to cure between coats and prior to continuing the installation through the penetration. 01/19/06 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 03300-7 3.11 DAMP-PROOFSNG FOR THE EXTERIOR OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES Following completion of the exterior surfaces of manholes and vaults, including necessary repairs and piping penetrations into the structure, apply the specified material to prepared concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The surfaces to be coated shall be fully-cured and free of laitance and contamination. The material shall be applied to all exterior surfaces below a point 12-inches above the water table or indications of seepage or moisture as directed by the Engineer. Apply two 15 mil coats, curing between coats, prior to backfill and/or immersion in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.12 CONCRETE THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans in accordance with this section. The concrete shall be placed against wetted, undisturbed soil in accordance with the Standard Drawings and as directed by the District. The concrete shall be placed so that fittings and valves will be accessible for repairs or replacement. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, the concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall cure for the following number of days: Thrust Blocks Anchor Blocks 3 days minimum 7 days minimum Safe Soil Bearing Load: Soil Muck, peat, etc.*** Soft Clay Fine Sand Decomposed Granite (D.G.) Sandy Gravel Cemented Sandy Gravel Hard Shale Granite Safe Bearing Load OPSF 500 PSF J 1.000PSF 1,500 PSF 2,000 PSF 2,000 PSF 2,500 PSF 10,000 PSF B. ***in muck or peat soils, competent resistance shall be achieved by removal and replacement with ballast or sufficient stability to resist the intended thrusts. Consult the project geotechnical consultant. Horizontal Concrete Thrust Block Placement and Sizing: Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans. Thrust blocks shall be located at all unrestrained pipe fittings and bear against firm, undisturbed soil. The concrete shall be centered on the fitting so that the bearing area is exactly opposite the resultant direction of the thrust. For thrust blocks on specific fittings, refer to the Standard Drawings. Care shall be taken during concrete placement to facilitate future maintenance access to the valve operators. All thrust block locations, shape and size shall be verified by the District representative prior to pouring concrete. The size in square feet of the thrust block can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the safe bearing load. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRiLLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 For instance, a 12-inch diameter pipe with a 45° bend at 200 psi test pressure in a decomposed granite trench, has a resulting thrust of 11,720 pounds, which is obtained from the upper chart and 1,500 pounds per square foot safe bearing load which is obtained from the lower chart. The minimum bearing area is: 11,720 Ibs. x 2 /1,500 psf = 15.6 ft.2 or 16 ft.2. Therefore, for this example, the trench wall adjacent to the fitting shall be excavated to the dimensions of 4 ft. x 4 ft. or 3.5 ft. x 5 ft. or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve the minimum required bearing area of 16 ft.2. C. Vertical Anchor Block Placement and Sizing: For all vertical bends in pipelines (downward bends) that do not have restrained joints, fittings shall be retained in place by means of an anchor block. The block shall be sized to withstand the thrust exerted for the particular deflection angle at the required test pressure plus 10%. (Do not rely on the restraining benefit from the soil). The District shall verify the size chosen and the reinforcing steel required. The required volume of the anchor block in cubic feet can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the unit weight of concrete (i.e., one ft.3 of concrete weighs approximately 145 pounds). For instance, a 12-inch diameter pipe with a 45° vertical bend at 200 psi test pressure has a vertical thrust of 11,720 pounds, which can be obtained from the upper chart. The minimum volume of concrete required is determined as follows: 11,720 Ibs. x 2 /145 Ibs/ft.3 = 162 ft.3 adding 10% results in = 178ft.3 or6.6 yd.3 Therefore, for this example, the anchor block shall be 5.5' x 5.5' x 6' or 6' x 6' x 5', or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve a minimum of 178 ft.3 of concrete. 3.13 VALVE SUPPORT BLOCKS Valve support blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans and as specified herein. A. Support blocks below valves shall be cut into the side of the trench a minimum of 12-inches. B. Support blocks shall extend up to a height of adjoining pipe and shall have a minimum depth below the valve of 12-inches. C. Support blocks shall be installed so that the valves will be accessible for repairs. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 SECTION 03370 CONCRETE CURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. This section covers the work necessary for the concrete curing requirements. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 03300 Cast-ln-Place Concrete. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the reference specifications of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. The work of this section shall be performed in accordance with Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction Section 303-1.10. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Control Data: 1. Curing Compound: Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance, to include statement that product meets ASTM C 309, additional permeability requirement, and coverage. 2. Retardant for Exposed Aggregate Finish on Formed Surface: Manufacturer's Certification of Compliance including statement that product is suitable for and will meet job requirements. 3. Curing method, procedures and method of application to be used shall be in compliance with the requirements as specified herein. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 CURING COMPOUND A. Curing compound shall consist of a liquid which, when applied to fresh concrete by means of a spray gun, will form an impervious membrane over the exposed surfaces of the concrete. 9/21/07 CONCRETE CURING WATER DISTRIBUTION 03370-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. The membrane may be either asphaltic or paraffin derivatives to which other waterproofing materials may have been added. Concrete curing compounds shall be designated by type as follows: Type 1 - Clear or translucent with red fugitive dye Type 2 - White pigmented Type 3 - Light gray pigmented Type 4 - Black pigmented C. All curing compounds shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be delivered ready- mixed in sealed original containers bearing the manufacturer's name and product identification. D. Provide curing compound meeting requirements of ASTM C 309, with additional requirement that permeability not exceed 0.039 gm/square cm/72 hours. E. Provide evaporation retardant where required to prevent rapid evaporation of water from fresh exposed concrete. F. When pigmented curing compounds are used, at the time of use, the compound shall be thoroughly mixed, with the pigment uniformly dispensed throughout the mixture. ^n*^ G. Unless otherwise specified, Type 1 curing compound shall be used. 2.2 FLOOR HARDENER (SURFACE-APPLIED) A. Floor hardener shall be a colorless, aqueous solution of zinc and/or magnesium fluosilicate. B. Each gallon of fluosilicate solution shall contain minimum of 2 pounds of crystals. C. All hardeners shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR and shall be delivered ready mixed in sealed original containers bearing the manufacturer's name and product identification. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CURING OF CONCRETE A. As soon after the completion of the specified finishing operations as the condition of the concrete will permit without danger of consequent damage thereto, all exposed surface shall either be sprinkled with water, covered with plastic sheet, or covered with earth, sand or burlap, or when not required to be painted, sprayed with Type 1 curing compound conforming with Article 1.1, Curing Compound of this section. s**\B. Concrete that is water cured must be kept continuously wet for at least 10 days after 1 being placed; preferably being covered, if possible, with at least two layers of not lighter ^"* 9/21/07 CONCRETE CURING WATER DISTRIBUTION 03370-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION than 7-ounce burlap. Handrail, base rail, railing posts, tops of walls, and similar parts of the structure, if water cured, must be covered with burlap as prescribed above, immediately following the finishing treatment specified therefore, and such covering shall not be removed in less than 4 days. Roadway areas, floors, slabs, curbs, walks, and the like, that are water cured may be covered with sand to a depth of at least 2 inches in lieu of the burlap as prescribed above, as soon as the condition of the concrete will permit, and such covering shall remain wet and in place for at least 10 days, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or prescribed by the Specifications. C. When an impervious membrane (curing compound) is used, it shall be applied under pressure through a spray nozzle in such manner and quantity as to entirely cover and seal all exposed surfaces of the concrete with a uniform film. The membrane shall not be applied to any surface until all of the finishing operations have been completed; such surfaces being kept damp, until the membrane is applied. All surfaces on which a bond is required, such as construction joint, shear planes, reinforcing steel, and the like, shall be adequately covered and protected before starting the application of the curing compound in order to prevent any of the compound from being deposited thereon; and any such surface with which the compound may have come in contact shall immediately thereafter be cleaned. Care shall be exercised to prevent any damage to the membrane seal during the curing period. Should the seal be damaged before the expiration of 10 days after the placing of the concrete, additional impervious membrane shall be immediately applied over the damaged area. D. The top surface of highway bridge decks shall be cured by both the curing compound method, and by the water method except that the curing compound shall be either Pigmented Curing Compound-Chlorinated Rubber Base Type (State Specification 8030- 71D-04), or Pigmented Curing Compound Chlorinated Rubber Base white or Tinted (State Specification 8030-71D-05). The curing compound shall be applied progressively during the deck finished operations immediately after finishing operations are completed on each individual portion of the deck. The water cure shall be applied not later than 4 hours after completion of deck finishing or, for portions of the decks on which finishing is completed after normal working hours, the water cure shall be applied not later than the following morning. E. Should any forms be removed sooner than 10 days after the placing of the concrete, the surface so exposed shall either be immediately sprayed with a coating of the curing compound, or kept continuously wet by the use of burlap or other suitable means until such concrete has cured for at least 10 days. F. When tops of walls are cured by the curing compound method, the side forms, except for metal forms, must be kept continuously wet for the 10 days following the placing of the concrete. G. If there is any likelihood of the fresh concrete checking or cracking prior to the commencement of the curing operations (due to weather conditions, materials used, or for any other reason), it shall be kept damp, but not wet, by means of an indirect fine spray of water until it is not likely that checking or cracking will occur, or until the curing operations are started in the area affected. 9/21/07 CONCRETE CURING WATER DISTRIBUTION 03370-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.2 CURING METHODS ^ •*H*irA. Slabs, Curb, and Roadway Areas: 1. Method 1: Protect surface by ponding. 2. Method 2: Cover with two layers of burlap or cotton mats and keep continuously wet. 3. Method 3: Cover with 2-inch layer of wet sand, earth, or sawdust, and keep continuously wet. 4. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle exposed surface. 5. Other agreed upon method that will provide moisture to be present and uniform at all times on entire surface of slab. B. The Engineer will determine the permissible rate of coverage of a curing compound. 3.3 EVAPORATION RETARDANT APPLICATION A. Spray onto surface of fresh concrete immediately after screeding to react with surface moisture. B. Reapply after smoothing surface with a bull float to ensure continuous, compacted monomolecular layer until final finishing is completed. /•% C. After finishing, apply water curing as specified. 3.4 CURING AND PROTECTION IN COLD WEATHER A. Concrete shall not be placed during cold weather where conditions would require procedures as specified in ACI 306. B. The Engineer, at his option, may allow cold weather placement of concrete if an extended period of cold weather is anticipated. 3.5 CLEAR HARDENER APPLICATION (SURFACE APPLIED) A. Before application, thoroughly cure floors to receive hardener for minimum 28 days, keep clean, unpainted, free from membrane curing compounds, and dry with all work above them completed. B. Do not use curing compounds where floor hardeners are specified. Use water curing only. C. Apply hardener evenly, using three coats, allowing 24 hours between coats as follows: 1. First Coat: 1/3 strength, second coat 1/2 strength, and third coat 2/3 strength, mix with water. ^*«^. 2. Apply each coat so as to remain wet on surface for 15 minutes. ] •^aal/ 9/21/07 CONCRETE CURING WATER DISTRIBUTION 03370-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3. Apply approved hardeners in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. After final coat is completed and dry, remove surplus hardener from surface by scrubbing and mopping with water. 9/21/07 CONCRETE CURING WATER DISTRIBUTION 03370-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 03740 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT This section covers the work, including materials, testing, and workmanship necessary to structurally repair cracks and damaged surface areas in the existing concrete of the structures stated herein. Cracks shall be repaired by the injection of an epoxy resin adhesive. Surface areas shall be repaired using an epoxy grout as specified. Cracks and surface areas requiring repair will be field located and identified by the AGENCY prior to the start of the work in that area. Some cracks regardless of size may not be designated by the AGENCY for repair. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Not Used 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the reference specifications of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Commercial Standards: ASTM D 696 Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit certified test results verifying the compressive strength, shrinkage, and expansion requirements specified herein; and manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement and appropriate uses for each type of non-shrink and epoxy grout used in the work. 1. Previous Experience Information 2. Certificates, Test Reports 3. Qualifications of Applicators 4. Epoxy Manufacturer's Certification and Approval of Applicator 5. Technical Data on Adhesives, Grouts, and Related Items Including Manufacturer Application Recommendations or Requirements 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The following quality control test and certificate is required for every lot of adhesive supplied under this Specification: 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1. Test Requirements: Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the ENGINEER. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, and each earlier time period as appropriate. 2. Certification and Test Report: Manufacturer shall certify that every batch of material supplied meets the Specifications and shall furnish copies of actual test reports on each batch. 1.6 PACKAGING, LABELING, STORAGE A. Packaging: The adhesive material shall be packaged in new, sealed containers. Each container will be clearly labeled. B. Label Information: The label shall include, in a clear and distinct manner, the following information: 1. Manufacturer name. 2. Product name and lot number. 3. ANSI Hazard Classification and appropriate recommended ANSI precautions for handling. 4. Mix ratio by volume. C. Storage: The adhesive shall be stored as recommended by the Manufactuer. If stored at temperatures outside these limits, the adhesive material shall be tested at the CONTRACTOR'S expense prior to use to determine if the adhesive material meets the requirements of this Specification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Provisions. B. Like items of materials provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve structural compatibility, singular responsibility, and standardization for appearance, maintenance, and replacement. C. Epoxy products shall be as manufactured by Simpson Strong Tie; Sika Corp., Lyndhurst, NJ; or equal, meeting the requirements specified hereinafter. 2.2 CRACK WIDTH A. Large cracks are defined as being wider than 0.015 inch. Small cracks are defined as cracks with width equal to 0.015 inch or less. 2.3 ADHESIVE FOR INJECTION A. The epoxy adhesive used for injection shall comply with the following material ^J specification: 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION This Specification defines a two-component structural epoxy adhesive to be processed through continuous positive displacement in-line metering and in-line mixing equipment for injection into cracks or other voids in concrete structures for bonding or grouting. Batch mix pumps shall not be allowed. Properties of the Two-Adhesive Components: a. Part A shall be a blend of modified epoxy resins: Color Viscosity @ 40 ±3 deg F, cps Viscosity @ 77 ±3 deg F, cps Epoxide Equivalent Weight Ash Content, % Tosi Method Visual Brookfield RVT Spindle No. 4 @ 20 rpm Brookfield RVT Spindie No. 4 @ 20 rpm ASTM D 1652* See Appendix C ASTM D 482 SpecRecj Large Cracks Clear Amber Liquid 6,000-8,000 400-700 160-176 1 max. uirements ; Small Cracks" Light Amber Liquid 375 cps max. @ 50 rpm * Method modified to use perchloric acid in acetic acid. ** The specified requirements for the epoxy blend for small cracks shall meet the requirements for large cracks except as shown. b. Part B shall be a modified amine curing agent: Color Viscosity @ 40 ±3 deg F, cps Viscosity @ 77 ±3 deg F, cps Amine Value, mg KOH/g Ash Content, % ~™Tiif1iSSoI Visual Brookfield RVT Spindle No. 4 @ 20 rpm Brookfield RVT Spindle No. 2 @ 20 rpm ASTM D 664* ASTM D 482 SpfclRe^ Large Cracks Black Liquid 700-1,400 105-240 490-560 1 max. ujremente ~1 SmaH Cracks** ] Dark Amber Liquid 150 cps max. Using Spindle No. 1 @ 50 rpm Method modified to use perchloric acid in acetic acid. The specified requirements for the epoxy blend for small cracks shall meet the requirements for large cracks except as shown. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONCRETE REPAIR 03740-3 Properties of the Uncured Adhesive: When mixed in the mix ratio specified on the tabei on the adhesive, containers shail be: Pot Life (60-gram mass) @ 77±4 deg F minimum Pot Life (60-gram Mass)@ 100±3 degF Viscosity @ 40, ±3 deg F Viscosity @ 75-77 degF f«st Method (As hereinafter specified) (As hereinafter specified) Brookfleid RVT Spindie No. 4 @ 20 rpm Brookfieid RVT Spindle No. 2 @ 20 rpm L___J"I*ft£l^K_»._._g__ 13-25 minutes 5 minutes 4,400 cps 375-350 cps luirementsh__j-p_g_^ 1 5-30 minutes Minimum N/A Minimum 600 cps 175-1 40 cps Properties of the Adhesive: When cured for 7 days at 77 ± 3 degrees F and conditioned at test temperature 12 hours prior to test, unless otherwise specified, shai! be: Ultimate Tensile Strength, psi Tensile Elongation @ Break, % Flexurai Strength, Psi Ftexurai Modulus, Psi Compressive Yield Strength, psi Compressive Modulus 2 x 105 min. psi Heat Deflection Temperature Slant Shear Strength (5,000 psi Compressive Strength Cone.) Cured 3 days @ 40 40 deg F - Wet Concrete Cured 1 day @ 77 Deg F - Dry Cone. Cured 3 days @ 77 deg ±3 deg F Test Method ASTM D 638 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 790 ASTM D 790 ASTM D 695* ASTM D 648* Large Cracks 8,000 min. 4.2 max. 10,000 min. 5.5x105min. 15,000 min. ASTM D 695* 127 deg F min. AASHTO T 237** 3,500 psi min. 5,000 psi min. Small Cracks'* 5,000 min. 3.0 max. 10,000 min. 4.5x105min. 12,000 min. 4.0x105min. 140 deg F min. 5,000 psi min. * Test specimens must be cured in a manner such that the peak exothermic temperature of the adhesive does not exceed 100 degrees F. ** See referenced specifications for method of preparation of test specimens. 2.4 POT LIFE TEST A. Condition both A and B Components to required temperature. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. Measure components in ratio of Component B as stated on the manufacturer's label into a 2 ounce (fluid) paper cup. C. Start stopwatch immediately and mix the components for 60 seconds using a wooden tongue depressor and taking care to scrape the sides and bottom of cup periodically. D. Probe the mixture once with the tongue depressor every 30 seconds, starting 2 minutes prior to the minimum specified pot life. E. The time at which a soft stringy mass forms in the center of the cup is the pot life. 2.5 FABRICATION OF SLANT SHEAR SPECIMENS FOR TESTING BOND OF INJECTABLE ADHESIVES TO WET CONCRETE AT 40 DEGREES F A. Scope: This method of test is intended for the preparation of diagonal concrete mortar blocks used in determining the slant shear strength of low viscosity injectable adhesives according to AASHTO T 237 when the concrete is wet. B. Materials: 1. Diagonal concrete mortar blocks prepared in accordance with AASHTO Test Method T 237 and cured to produce a mortar with compressive strength of 5,000 psi or greater. 2. Paraffin wax. 3. Masking Tape: 3/4-inch wide. 4. Suitable 2-mil thick shim stock. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Preparation: >-*% Vupjf 1. Place a 2-mil shim between the diagonal faces of two blocks and align them so that the ends and sides are square. Bind the block in this position with masking tape covering the gap between the blocks. Leave only enough of the gap between the blocks on one face uncovered for the removal of the shim and the application of the adhesive. Paint melted paraffin wax over the masking tape. A shallow dam may be built up around the opening using paraffin wax or modeling clay to help retain the adhesive. 2. Apply a suitable capping compound to each end of the specimen to produce smooth surfaces perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the block. 3. Remove the shim stock from the gap opening. Soak the specimen in water at 40 degrees, ±3 degrees F for at least 24 hours. 4. After soaking, remove the specimen and shake the water from the surface and out of the crack. 5. Prepare the liquid adhesive. Within 5 minutes after removing specimen from water, start to flow adhesive into the crack so that no air bubbles are entrapped. Place specimen in 40 ± 3 degrees F ambient for curing within 15 minutes after it has been removed from water for bonding. At no time during the 15 minutes should the specimen be exposed to an environment above 77 degrees F. 6. Cure the specimen for 72 ± 4 hours at 40 ± 3 degrees F. — J2.6 SURFACE SEAL ^** Physical Properties: The material used as a surface seal must have adequate strength and adhesion to confine the injection adhesive in the crack being repaired until the injected adhesive has cured. The surface seal material shall have adequate strength to hold the injection fittings firmly in place and to resist injection pressures adequately to prevent leakage during injection. 1. Appearance: After the injection adhesive has cured, the surface seal must be capable of being removed. 2.7 EQUIPMENT FOR METERING, MIXING, AND INJECTING A. Type: The equipment used to meter and mix the two injection adhesive components and to inject the mixed adhesive into the crack shall be portable, positive displacement type pumps with in-line metering. The equipment used shall be manufactured by the epoxy manufacturer and/or approved in writing by the epoxy manufacturer. Pumps shall have interlocks to provide positive ratio control of exact proportions of the two components at the nozzle. The pumps shall be electric or air powered. B. Discharge Pressure: The injection equipment shall have automatic pressure controls and the capability of discharging the mixed adhesive at pressures up to 200 psi, ±5 percent, and maintaining that pressure. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Automatic Shutoff Control: 1. The injection equipment shall be equipped with sensors on both the Component A and B reservoirs that will automatically stop the machine when only one component is being pumped to the mixing head. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide a standby injection pump of the same ratio, setting forth each primary injection pump used on the project. Each material of different mix ratio shall have its own primary injection pump as well as standby backup pump. 3. All pumps of dual resin system epoxy resins shall be manufactured by the epoxy resin suppliers or shall be approved in writing by the epoxy resin manufacturer so as to immediately compensate for any changes in resins. D. Pressure Check Test: 1. Method: The mixing head of the injection equipment shall be disconnected and the two adhesive component delivery lines shall be attached to the pressure check device. The pressure check device shall consist of two independent valved nozzles capable of controlling flow rate and pressure by opening or closing the valve. There shall be a pressure gauge capable of sensing the pressure buildup behind each valve. The valves on the pressure check device shall be closed and the equipment operated until the gauge pressure on each line reads 160 psi. The pumps shall be stopped and the gauge pressure shall not drop below 150 psi within 3 minutes. 2. Frequency of Pressure Check Test: The pressure check test shall be run for each injection equipment unit, as a minimum, at the beginning and at the end of every day that the unit is used in the work of crack repair to verify. A pressure test shall also be run at the start of any injection work when the equipment has been out of use for more than 45 minutes at any time during the day. 2.8 EPOXY GROUT REPAIR A. The manufacturer shall certify, in writing, its applicability in bonding to damp concrete surfaces and to the uses intended in this project. B. The mixed two-component epoxy binder shall be gray in color. The cure temperature, pot life, and workability shall be compatible for intended use. The minimum density of the mortar shall be 130 pounds per cubic foot. C. The actual mix design shall be submitted by the manufacturer using the specified resin, Sand #1 and Sand #2, or a pre-engineered sand blended especially for sated products by the manufacturer. D. The finished repair shall have a color which matches the surrounding concrete's color as best as possible. E. Submit technical data (physical and chemical properties) available on the repair agent for review. Also submit data (client name, location, and description of work) on at least two similar jobs that the applicator has used the surface repair agent in the last years. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION PART 3 - EXECUTION /-^ 3.1 QUALIFICATIONS OF ADHESIVE APPLICATORS A. All adhesive injection shall be performed by an applicator who has demonstrated the capability to inject concrete cracks, repairing them to the quality specified. B. All applicators shall submit evidence of experience in injecting concrete cracks with epoxy resin. C. Evidence of experience shall include a complete list of adhesive injection work accomplished in the last 3 years for at least 10,000 lineal feet of crack injection experience including the following information: 1. Name of Owner. 2. Name of person to contact and telephone number. 3. Address of completed work. 4. Lineal footage of crack injection repair. 5. Type of structure. 6. Description of work including materials and equipment used. D. Epoxy injection shall be performed by a licensed certified applicator of the manufacturer of the epoxy meeting these Specifications and the applicator shall be approved by the epoxy manufacturer. E. The applicator shall submit to the ENGINEER a statement in addition to applicator's previous experience in performing comparable work, business and technical organization and plant available to be used in performing work; along with proposed technique, material, and equipment for review prior to startup. 3.2 WORKMAN'S QUALIFICATION A. The applicator's foreman engaged in the epoxy injection process shall have satisfactorily completed a program of instruction in the methods of restoring concrete structures utilizing the specific epoxy injection process indicated. The curriculum shall include theory on the nature and causes of cracking in concrete, methods for permanently repairing damaged concrete structures, the technical aspects of correct material selection and use, and the operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of equipment. Foreman must prove certification and approval of the manufacturer. B. Superintendent shall have at least 3 year's experience in injection work consisting of a minimum of 5,000 LF of crack injection in the last 3 years. C. Any technician operating the injection pump shall have at least 1 year's experience consisting of a minimum of 3,000 LF of crack injection. D. Equipment, material, and training must originate from same source. E. Qualification of an applicator may be denied, and will be based upon the aforementioned evidence of experience along with any additional investigational information acquired by the ENGINEER. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-8 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.3 PROPORTIONING THE ADHESIVE COMPONENTS A. Ratio Tolerance: The equipment shall have the capability of maintaining the mix ratio for the injection adhesive prescribed by the manufacturer of the adhesive within a tolerance of ±5 percent by volume at any discharge pressure up to 160 psi. B. Tests for Proper Ratio: 1. Method: a. The mixing head of the injection equipment shall be disconnected and the two adhesive components shall be pumped simultaneously through the ratio check device. The ratio check device shall consist of two independent valved nozzles capable of controlling flow rate and back pressure by opening or closing the valve to restrict material flow. There shall be a pressure gauge capable of sensing the back pressure behind each valve. The discharge pressure shall be adjusted to 160 psi for both adhesive components. Both adhesive components shall be simultaneously discharged into the calibrated containers simultaneously during the same time period shall be compared to determine the mix ratio. b. After the test has been completed at a 160 psi discharge pressure, the procedure shall be repeated for 0 psi discharge pressure. 2. Frequency of Test for Proper Ratio: The ratio test shall be run for each injection unit at the beginning of every day, and at the beginning of every work period wherever an hour break has occurred, and at the end of every day that unit is used in the work of crack repair. 3.4 PROOF OF RATIO AND PRESSURE CHECK A. At all times during the course of the work, the CONTRACTOR must keep complete and accurate records available to the ENGINEER of the ratio check tests. B. In addition, the ENGINEER at any time without prior notification of the CONTRACTOR, may request the CONTRACTOR to conduct the tests described in the presence of the ENGINEER or the INSPECTOR. 3.5 REPAIR PROCEDURE A. Initial Condition: Each water-holding structure to be repaired will be drained by the plant staff on a schedule to allow the work to proceed in that one structure and at the same time to keep the remainder of the plant in operation. All cleaning and the amount of cleaning shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. B. Repair Procedures: Cracks 0.002 inch or wider that are designated by the AGENCY to be injected shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy as specified. All spalled areas or areas with damaged surface, after being designated by the ENGINEER to be repaired, shall be repaired with epoxy grout as specified herein. Some cracks and 9/21 /07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-9 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION damaged areas may be excluded from repair by the ENGINEER. Repair only those specifically identified by the ENGINEER. C. Crack Preparation: 1. The licensed applicator shall be responsible for crack preparation. All cracks must be free from loose matter such as dirt or laitance and free from oil, grease, salt, or any other contaminants. Cracks shall be cleaned in accordance with the instructions of the injection adhesive manufacturer. The manufacturer's written instructions shall govern. 2. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, grease, oil, efflorescence, or other foreign matter detrimental to bond of epoxy injection surface seal system. Acids and corrosives shall not be permitted for cleaning, unless neutralized. If necessary, cracks shall receive three-step acid flushing technique. D. Crack Sealing: A surface seal adhesive as specified shall be applied to the face of the crack to be repaired prior to adhesive injection. The surface seal shall seal the crack and not allow injection adhesive to escape. The seal shall be applied in accordance with the instructions of the surface seal manufacturer. E. Backfilled Walls: At locations where walls have backfill on one side and where it will not be possible to excavate and seal both crack surfaces, and where cracks extend entirely through the wall, entry ports as specified below shall be spaced closer together in addition to adjusting injecting pressure so that only a minimum amount of injection adhesive is lost to the soil. F. Entry Ports: Openings in the surface seal shall be established along the crack for the purpose of adhesive entry. The distance between entry ports shall be determined by the adhesive applicator and, in general, shall be spaced approximately equal to the thickness of the concrete member. Special consideration to entry port location must be given when cracks occur in a backfilled wall to ensure minimum adhesive is lost to the soil. G. Injection: The injection of the adhesive into each crack shall begin at the entry port at the lowest elevation. Injection shall continue at the first port until the injection adhesive begins to flow out of the port at the next highest elevation. The first port shall be plugged and injection started at the second port until the adhesive flows from the next port. The entire crack shall be injected with the same sequence. H. Finishing: 1. After the injection adhesive has cured, the surface seal shall be removed. The face of the crack shall be finished flush with the adjacent concrete. There shall be no indentations or protrusions caused by placement of entry ports. 2. When cracks are completely filled, epoxy adhesive shall be cured for sufficient time to allow removal of surface seal without any draining or runback of epoxy material from cracks. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-10 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3. Surface seal material and injection adhesive runs or spills shall be removed from concrete surfaces. 3.6 TESTING OF INJECTION REPAIR A. Initial Cores: The CONTRACTOR shall obtain three 4-inch diameter initial core samples in the first 100 lineal feet of crack repaired and one core for each 500 lineal feet thereafter. The cores shall be for full crack depth and taken from locations as selected by the ENGINEER. Additionally, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, at no additional expense to the CITY the following labor, materials, and services required for core sampling and testing as directed by the ENGINEER including, but not limited to: 1. Preparation, handling, storage, and transportation of epoxy injection concrete core test specimens as directed by the ENGINEER. 2. Providing suitable containers for the storage, curing, and transportation of test specimens. 3. Providing suitable storage for supply of test equipment and other items required for sampling and testing. B. Initial cores will be tested to determine degree of epoxy penetration and bond strength. C. Testing of initial core samples will be performed by the ENGINEER at the AGENCY'S expense. D. Additional cores, called verification cores, required as indicated in G. Evaluation and Acceptance of Tests, specified hereinafter, will be tested by the AGENCY. E. Methods of Testing Initial and Verifying Cores: 1. Penetration: Visual examination. 2. Bond Strength/Compression Test: Concrete failure prior to adhesive failure. F. Test Requirements: 1. Penetration: A minimum of 90 percent of the crack shall be fully of epoxy adhesive. 2. Bond Strength: Concrete failure before adhesive failure, or 6,500 psi with no failure of either concrete or adhesive. G. Evaluation and Acceptance of Tests: 1. If the initial cores pass tests as specified above, epoxy adhesive injection work at the area represented by the cores will be accepted. 2. If initial cores fail either by lack of penetration or bond strength, the work shall not proceed further until the area represented by the cores are reinjected and retested for acceptance. 9/21/07 CONCRETE REPAIR WATER DISTRIBUTION 03740-11 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3. After rework of areas represented by failed initial cores is complete, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain verifying cores, the number and location to be determined by the ENGINEER. Verifying cores shall be tested in accordance with Paragraphs E and F for compliance. H. Correction of Work as Result of Testing: Upon notification from the ENGINEER, refill initial and verifying core holes in accordance with requirements specified hereinafter. I. Repair of Core Holes: The CONTRACTOR shall fill the core holes with an epoxy grout tamped and rodded in place to form a dense fill, and finish the surface to blend with the adjacent concrete. The epoxy grout and placement techniques shall be accepted by the ENGINEER and as specified herein. 3.7 DAMAGE SURFACE REPAIR A. The following types of areas are known to require repair: 1. Spalled Wall Surfaces designated by the ENGINEER. 2. Spalled Slab Surfaces designated by the ENGINEER. B. Surface Preparation: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preparing the surfaces of damaged concrete in accordance with the repair adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. The area shall be chipped to remove all loose materials and materials that would prevent bond. C. Application: All surface repair adhesive shall be applied in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Color and Finish: The finished surface repair shall have a color that matches best as possible the surrounding concrete. Repaired surface finish shall be roughened to a degree to match surrounding concrete. o o 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION CONCRETE REPAIR 03740-12 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section described the requirements for the preparation of surfaces and subsequent application of protective coatings. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required for satisfactory completion of all items contained herein. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary safety equipment and protective clothing, as well as be responsible for proper instruction and supervision of their use. Requirements for steel storage reservoirs are specified elsewhere in the Specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Section 15000 General Piping System & Appurtenances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements described in General Provisions Section 2-5.3 Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit a chart of the manufacturer's available colors for color selection well in advance of painting operation. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Recommended surface preparation. 2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thicknesses per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. 3. Percent solids by volume. 4. Recommended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the selected prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the selected intermediate and finish coats. 6. Application instructions including recommended application, equipment, humidity, and temperature limitations. 7. Curing requirements and instructions. C. Submit certification that all coatings conform to applicable local Air Quality Management District rules and regulations for products and application. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.4 PAYMENT Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL All materials shall be those of current manufacture and shall meet all applicable regulations for the application and intended service. All coats of any particular coating system shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be approved by the manufacturer for the intended service. In the event that a product specified herein is no longer manufactured or does not meet current regulations, the Contractor shall provide a substitute, currently manufactured product of at least equal performance which meets all applicable regulations subject to Engineer's approval, at no additional cost. All materials shall be delivered to the Project Site in their original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, brand, and batch number. Standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Engineer they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness and convenience for the purpose intended. Paint listed in the system refers to products of the following manufacturers and distributors: Ameron Corrosion Control Division, Brea, CA I.C. Devoe, Louisville, KY Engard Coating Corporation, Long Beach, CA I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, Los Angeles, CA Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, MO 64141 All surfaces to be coated or painted shall be in the proper condition to receive the material specified before any coating or painting is done. No more sandblasting or surface preparation than can be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. All concrete and masonry surfaces shall cure 30 days prior to coating or painting. Surface preparation, prime coatings, and finish coats for the various systems are specified herein. Unless otherwise noted, all intermediate and finish coats shall be of contrasting colors. It is the intent that the coating alternates specified herein serve as a general guide for the type of coating desired. 2.2 VALVES A. Exterior Coating: Coat metal valves located above ground, in vaults or in structures the same as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, then coat valves per this Specification section unless otherwise noted. Apply the specified prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply intermediate and finish coats in the field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels and floor stands the same as the valves. Coat the exterior of buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per this specification.o 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be BarRust 231 or Devran 200 applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 2 to 4 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. C. Interior Lining: Valves 4-inches and larger shall be coated on their interior metal surfaces excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces. Sandblast surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). Remove all protuberances which may produce pinholes in the lining. Round all sharp edges to be coated. Remove any contaminants which may prevent bonding of the lining. Coat the interior ferrous surfaces using one of the following methods: 1. Apply powdered thermosetting epoxy per the manufacturer's application recommendations to a thickness of 10 to 12 mils. 2. Apply two coats of polyamide epoxy to a dry-film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow the manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between the required coats. 3. Apply two coats of Tnemec Series 140 (for potable water) or Series 69 (for non- potable water), or equal, to a dry film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between required coats. 4. Apply two coats of Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 10 to 12 mils minimum. All epoxy lining shall be applied at the factory by the manufacturer of the valve, and shall meet current Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content regulations. Epoxy lining for potable water valves shall also be listed by National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for contact with potable water. Test the valve interior linings at the factory with a low-voltage holiday detector. The lining shall be holiday free. 2.3 METAL, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, NORMAL EXPOSURE A. General: The Contractor shall paint all exposed steelwork, non-galvanized handrails, exposed pipework, fittings, all mechanical equipment, pumps, motors, doors, doorframes and window sash with this coating system. All metalwork previously given a shop prime coat approved by the Owner's Representative shall be touched up as required in the field with Tnemec Series 4 Versare Primer or equal. B. Surface Preparation: All exterior metal surfaces which are to be painted shall be commercial blast cleaned per Specification SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) except as otherwise specified, in locations where sandblasting would damage previously coated surfaces and installed equipment, and in locations where dry sandblasting is prohibited. The above locations in which SP-6 commercial sandblasting is not possible shall be given a SP-3 power tool cleaning. This sandblasting shall be done not more than 8 hours ahead of the painting, subject to humidity and weather conditions between the time of sandblasting and painting operations. If any rusting or discoloration of sandblasted surfaces occurs before painting, such rusting or discoloration shall be removed by additional sandblasting. Sandblasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before painting. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime coat as required shall be Tnemec Series 4 Versare primer applied to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. Two or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 2H Tneme-Gloss enamel shall be applied to a thickness of 1.5 to 3.5 mils. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 7 mils, minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime as required shall be 4140 Q.D. Alkyd Primer. Two or more finish coats of Devshield 4328 Alkyd applied to a dry-film thickness of 1.5 to 2 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 5 mils, minimum. 2.4 METAL, SUBMERGED OR INTERMITTENTLY SUBMERGED A. General: All submerged metalwork, gates, equipment, valves, exposed pipework and all other metalwork within areas which will be submerged, except as noted hereinafter, shall be painted with this coating system. B. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC-SP- 10 (near white blast cleaning). C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils. Two finish coats of Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II shall be applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils each coat. Total try-film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Apply two coats of Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils each coat. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. 2.5 METAL, SEVERE EXPOSURE TO MOISTURE OR CHEMICAL FUMES A. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC-SP- 10 (near white blast cleaning). B. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy to a dry- film thickness of 6 to 10 mils. One or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy topcoat shall be applied. Total dry-film thickness shall be a minimum of 12 mils. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be Catha-Coat 304V Zinc, 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 4 to 6 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be Devthane 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Total dry-film thickness shall be 8 mils minimum. 2.6 METAL, HIGH-TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE A. General: Engine mufflers, exhaust systems and other metal surfaces subjected to high temperatures shall be coated with this system. B. Surface Preparation: Surface shall be field sandblasted in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): One coat of Tnemec Series 90-96 Tneme-Zinc to a minimum total dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): One coat of Catha-Coat 304V Zinc to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 4 mils. 2.7 METAL, GALVANIZED, ALUMINUM, COPPER, OR BRASS A. Surface Preparation: Surfaces shall be solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 (solvent cleaning) and SSPC-SP-2 (hand tool cleaning). B. Coating: Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 32-1215 Tneme-Grip or Sinclair 7113 Wash Primer applied at D mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Devoe BarRust 231 primer applied at 3 mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. 2.8 METAL, BURIED A. General: The Contractor shall coat all buried metal which includes valves, bolts, nuts, structural steel and fittings. It does not include steel storage reservoirs. B. Surface Preparation: Sandblast to SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime none. Finish with two coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol or equal at 10 to 12 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 20 mils minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime with Devtar 221 (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mil dry-film thickness. Two coats of Devtar (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 24 mils, minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall arrange with the Owner's Representative so that all surface preparation may be inspected and approved prior to the application of any coatings. The Contractor is hereby notified that the Engineer will inspect the Work prior to the expiration of the warranty period and all defects in workmanship and material shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his own expense. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.2 WORKMANSHIP It is the intent of the Specifications that finishes shall be provided which meet standards for best grades of painting. Drop cloths shall be placed where required to protect floors, surfaces and equipment from spatter and dropping, not to receive paint or coatings. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect all adjacent Work and all surrounding property and improvements from any damage whatsoever as a result of the painting and coating operation. Only good, clean brushes and equipment shall be used and all brushes, buckets, and spraying equipment shall be cleaned immediately at the end of each painting period. Each coat of paint shall be of the consistency as supplied by the manufacturer, or thinned, if necessary, and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Each coat shall be well brushed, rolled or sprayed to obtain a uniform and evenly applied finish. Work shall be free from "runs", "bridges", "shiners", or other imperfections due to faulty intervals. Particular care shall be taken to obtain a uniform unbroken coating overall bolts, threads, nuts, welds, edges and comers. Paint shall not be applied in extreme heat, in dust or smoke laden air, or in damp or humid weather, unless written permission of the Engineer is obtained. If paint is applied by spray, the air pressure used shall be within the ranges recommended by both the paint and spray equipment manufacturers. Spray painting shall be conducted under controlled conditions and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage occurring from spray painting. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent Work during sandblasting operations. Stainless steel need not be sandblasted. Blasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before coating. All dust shall be removed from the surface following sandblasting. 3.3 APPLICATION PROCEDURES A. Surfaces to be Coated: All surfaces of materials furnished and constructed are to be painted or coated per the Specifications except as indicated below. B. Surfaces Not To Be Coated: The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise noted on the Plans and shall be fully protected when adjacent areas are painted. Aluminum grating Grease fittings Nameplates on Aluminum surfaces Hardware machinery Bearings Lighting fixtures Machined Pipe interior* Brass and copper tubing, surfaces Shafts submerged* Metal letters Stainless steel Buried pipe Mortar-coated pipe and fittings Switch plates Couplings * unless specifically required on the Plans or elsewhere in the Specifications C. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Coated: Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Openings in motors shall be safely masked to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. All masking materials shall be completely removed and surfaces cleaned at completion of painting operations. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION D. Weather Conditions: Paint shall not be applied in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. Paint shall not be applied when the relative humidity is above 80%, the air temperature is above 90°F, or the temperature of metal to be painted is above 125°F. Alkyd, chlorinated rubber, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints shall not be applied if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to be below 50°F within 24 hours. Epoxy, coal tar epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints shall not be applied on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to drop below 50°F within 24 hours. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Sandblast or prepare only as much surface area as can be coated in one day. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. Epoxy-coated pipe that has been factory coated shall not be sandblasted. B. SSPC Specifications: Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in the Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structures Paint Council, Surfaces Preparation Specifications, ANSI A159.1) Specifications listed below: SP-1 Solvent Cleaning SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-2 Hand Tool Cleaning SP-7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning SP-8 Pickling SP-5 White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-10 Near White Blast Cleaning Oil and grease shall be removed from aluminum and copper surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1 using clean cloths and cleaning solvents. Weld spatter and weld slag shall be removed from metal surfaces. Rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs shall be ground smoothly in accordance with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Welds shall be neutralized with a chemical solvent that is compatible with the specified coating materials using clean cloths and chemical solvent. C. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Dry abrasive blast cleaning shall be used for metal surfaces. Do not recycle or reuse contaminated blast particles. Dry clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said 8-hour period. Prevent damage to adjacent coatings during blast cleaning. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS The recommendations of the coating manufacturer shall be followed, including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. Coating materials shall be kept at a uniform consistency during application. Each coating shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor workmanship. A different shade or tint shall be used on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. Only thinners recommended by the coating manufacturer shall be used. If thinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. The brush coat shall be done prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application. A. Paint Mixing: Multiple-component coatings shall be prepared using all the contents of each component container as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Partial batches shall not be used. Multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life shall not be used. Small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas shall be provided. Only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. For reasons of color or otherwise, additional components shall not be intermixed, even within the same generic type of coating. B. Field Touch Up of Shop-Applied Prime Coats: Organic Zinc Primer: Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch up of organic zinc primer to cover all scratches or abraded areas. Organic zinc coating system shall have a minimum volume solids of 54% and a minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. Coating shall be of the converted epoxy, epoxy phenolic, or urethane type and shall be manufactured by the prime coat and finish coat manufacturer. Other Primers: Surfaces that are shop primed with other than organic zinc primer shall receive a field touch up of the same primer used in the original prime coat. 3.6 DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING AND REPAIR A. Special Instructions to the Contractor: The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at no charge for use during execution of the Work, necessary dry-film thickness gauge and electrical flaw detection equipment. The Contractor shall perform the holiday (pinholes) inspection in the presence of the Owner's Representative, and the Contractor shall monitor wet film measurements throughout the application of each coat of coating. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-8 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. Coating Thickness Testing: Coating thickness specified for steel surfaces shall be measured with a magnetic-type dry-film thickness gauge. Dry-film thickness gauge shall be provided as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. Each coat shall be checked for the correct dry-film thickness. Measurement shall not be made until a minimum of eight hours after application of the coating. Non-magnetic surfaces shall be checked for coating thickness by micrometer measurement of cut and removed coupons. Contractor shall repair coating at all locations where coupons are removed. C. Holiday Testing: The finish coat (except zinc primer and galvanizing) shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector of the low-voltage, wet-sponge type. Detector shall be provided as manufactured by Tinker, Rasor, K-D Bird Dog, or approved equal. D. Repair: If the item has an improper finish, color, insufficient film thickness, or holidays, the surface shall be cleaned and top-coated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3.7 CLEANUP Upon completion of all painting and coating Work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials and rubbish. The Contractor shall repair all damage and shall leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition. 9/21/07 PAINTING AND COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09900-9 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 09902 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install petrolatum wax tape coating on pipe, pipe flanges, fittings or other buried pipeline appurtenances, complete, as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION Submit manufacturer's technical product data, details, installation instructions and general product recommendations. 1.3 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Wrap all exposed surfaces of buried ferrous pipe, flanges, couplings and other pipeline appurtenances (including bolts, nuts, etc.) with petrolatum wax tape, unless another corrosion protection system (other than a factory-installed paint coating) is otherwise specified or indicated by the Contract Drawings. Exposed piping shall be wrapped only where specifically called out on the Drawings. Ductile iron pipe encased with polyethylene sheathing shall not be wrapped with this product. 2.3 PRIMER Exposed surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The material shall have the following properties: Pour Point 400-100° F Flash Point 350° F minimum Approximate Coverage 1 gal/100 square feet Color Brown The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer or equivalent. 09/21/07 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09902-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 2.3 WAX TAPE Two types of petrolatum wax tape shall be available from the manufacturer: one type for buried installations and another type for above-ground installations. A. Buried Installations: The covering material shall be a plastic-fiber felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties: Color: Brown Saturant Pour Point 115° -125°F Thickness 70-90 mils Dielectric Strength 170 volts/mil Tape Width 6 inches Wax tape shall be Wax-Tape #1 as manufactured by The Trenton Corporation (Ann Arbor, Michigan), or approved equal. 2.4 OUTER COVERING The primed and wax-tape wrapped surface shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 50 gauge, clear, polyvinylidene chloride, high cling membranes wound together as a single sheet. The material shall have the following properties: Width 6 inches Thickness 1.5 mils Dielectric Strength 2000 volts/mil Water Absorption Negligible Color Clear The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or approved equal. 2.5 OTHER PETROLATUM WAX TAPE SYSTEM COMPONENTS Any components not listed above, but required for a complete petrolatum wax tape coating system as recommended for this application by the manufacturer shall be provided at no additional cost to Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The petrolatum wax tape system shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 09/21/07 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING WATER DISTRIBUTION 09902-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1*j^^^Jjr o SECTION 15000 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section describes the requirements and procedures for piping systems and appurtenances that apply to a number of other complimentary Specification Sections. The items are listed in this Section to avoid repetition in Sections elsewhere. This Section includes, but is not limited to: Temporary above ground piping (high line), wet taps, flexible pipe couplings, grooved and shouldered end couplings, joint restraint system, field touch up, bolts, nuts, polyethylene wrap, warning/identification tape, tracer wire, gate well and extension stems, meter boxes, abandonment and removal of existing facilities, and salvage. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. CMWD Standard Drawings B. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping C. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines D. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 1.4 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturers' catalog data showing dimensions, materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade and coatings. 1.5 LINING CONTAMINATION PREVENTION Volatile organic compounds present in the linings of items in contact with potable water or recycled water shall not exceed concentrations allowed by the latest requirements of the State Office of Drinking Water and Department of Health Services. Some products and materials may also require proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. 1.6 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping, where shown on the Approved Plans or required by the District Engineer, shall be furnished, installed, disinfected, connected, maintained, and removed 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION by the Contractor. Bacteriological sampling and testing shall be performed by a State of •/*^ California Certified testing laboratory. The Contractor shall provide a submittal to the -^^ District showing pipe layout, materials, sizing, flow calculations, schedule and duration of use, and disinfection for all high line piping. The submittal shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to ordering or delivery of any materials. 1.7 PIPE TAPPING (WET TAP) All pipe tap (wet tap) connections to existing pipelines, whether for mainline extensions or service laterals, shall be performed by the Contractor under the inspection of the District. The Contractor shall provide materials and labor to excavate, pour thrust block, backfill, compact, and repair pavement as indicated in this Section. 1.8 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe only with prior approval of the District Engineer. Joint restraint systems shall be used in the place of, or in conjunction with, concrete thrust blocks as directed. Contractor shall submit shop drawings, calculations, and catalog data for joint restraint systems. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, may be used for PVC or ductile- iron pipe located within casings, or for PVC pipe casings, only. 1.9 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be used for all ferrous metal materials not otherwise ^% protectively coated. "*"«^ A. Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the protection of buried ductile-iron fittings and valves. B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile iron pipe. C. Polyethylene wrap or sleeves may also be installed around buried PVC pipe for recycled water identification. 1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be used to identify location of underground utilities and to act as a warning against accidental dig-ins of buried utilities. Warning/identification tape shall be used on all underground water and recycled water mains, potable and recycled water irrigation systems, sewer mains, and all related appurtenances. Warning/identification tape shall also be used on cathodic protection wiring systems and tracer wire brought into and out of access ports. 1.11 GATE WELLS Gate Wells shall be used for buried valves 50mm (4") and larger, unless otherwise indicated on the Standard Drawings. Gate well box and lid shall be used on all gate wells. **\ 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.12 VALVE STEM EXTENSION Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 1.5m (51) below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 300mm (12") and 450mm (18") below the gate well lid. 1.13 METER BOXES A. Meter boxes shall be used for 25mm (1") and 50mm (2") water meters. B. Meter boxes shall be sized for the specific meter size or size as indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.14 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Facilities installed for the use of recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating, identification labels, or signs. 1.15 CURB IDENTIFICATION MARK FOR SERVICES The Contractor shall mark the location of all potable water, recycled water and sewer laterals at the curb crossing by stamping the face of the curb in 50mm (2") high letters as described below: A. Potable water laterals shall be stamped with a letter "W". B. Recycled water laterals shall be stamped with a letter "RW". C. Sewer laterals be stamped with a letter "S". PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping layout, materials and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the approved submittal. 2.2 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A. Steel Couplings shall have middle rings made of steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, A 53 (Type E or S), or A 512 having a minimum yield strength of 207 MPa (30,000 psi). Follower rings shall be ductile-iron per ASTM A 536, or steel per ASTM A 108, Grade 1018 or ASTM A 510, Grade 1018. Minimum middle ring length shall be 175 mm (7") for pipe sized 150 mm (6") through 600 mm (24"). 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. Sleeve bolts shall be made of stainless steel per ASTM A193 and shall have a minimum yield strength of 276 MPa (40,000 psi), an ultimate yield strength of 414 MPa (60,000 psi), and shall conform to AWWA C111. 2.3 GROOVED END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE Groove end or shouldered couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A. Use square-cut shouldered or grooved ends per AWWA C606. Grooved-end couplings shall be malleable iron per ASTM A 47, or ductile iron per ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be per ASTM D 2000. B. Bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 69 MPa (10,000 psi) tensile strength. 2.4 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with machined (not cast) serrations - on the inside diameter, a back-up ring, and connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be a rubber-ring type with stainless steel locking segments vulcanized into the gasket. 2.5 FIELD TOUCH-UP APPLICATIONS All surfaces of metallic appurtenances in contact with potable water and not protected from corrosion by another system shall be shop-coated by the manufacturer. Appurtenances with damaged coatings shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. Touch-up of damaged surfaces, when allowed by the Engineer, shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.6 BOLTS AND NUTS Bolts and nuts shall be as indicated below. A. Cadmium-plated or zinc-plated bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines up to 500mm (20") diameter and shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307, Grade A, unless otherwise indicated on the approved drawings. Bolts shall be standard ANSI B1.1, Class A coarse threads. Nuts shall be standard ANSI B1.1, Class 2H coarse threads. B. Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines 600mm (24") diameter and larger and for submerged flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts, and Grade 8M for nuts. Use lubricant for stainless steel belts and nuts. Lubricant shall be Husky Lube "O" Seal by Husk-ITT Corporation or equal C. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal, except where special shapes are required. Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 6.4mm (1/4") or more than 12.7mm (1/2") shall project past the nut in tightened position. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION D. Provide a washer under each nut and under each bolthead. Use washers of the same materials as the nuts. 2.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of direct sunlight exposure. A. Polyethylene sleeves shall be a minimum 0.305mm (0.012" or 12 mil) thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. B. Polyethylene wrap shall be a minimum 0.203mm (0.008" or 8 mil) thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. C. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water and purple for use with recycled water. D. Polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape a minimum of 50mm (2") wide or plastic tie straps shall be used to secure polyethylene encasement. 2.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. Tape shall be an inert plastic film or metallic formulated for prolonged underground use that will not degrade when exposed to alkalies, acids and other destructive substances commonly found in soil. B. Tape shall be puncture-resistant and shall have an elongation of two times its original length before parting. C. Tape shall be colored to identify the type of utility intended for identification. Printed message and tape color shall be as follows: Printed Message Tape Color Caution: Waterline Buried Below Blue Caution: Recycled Waterline Buried Below Purple Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below Red Caution: Electric Line Buried Below Red Ink used to print messages shall be permanently fixed to tape and shall be black in color with message printed continuously throughout. D. Tape shall be minimum 0.102mm (0.004" or 4 mil) thick x 150mm (6") wide with a printed message on one side. Tape used with the installation of onsite potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be a minimum of 75mm (3") wide. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 2.9 INSULATING UNIONS & COUPLINGS A. For insulating unions, use a molded nyfong sealing sleeve mounted in a three-piece maicable-iron body (ASTM A47 or A197). Use thread ends when connecting to steel piping, and copper solder joint when connecting to copper piping. Minimum working pressure shall be 150 psi. B. Threaded insulating couplings shall provide dielectric protection from electrolytic corrosion at points where piping of dissimilar metals is joined. 2.10 GATE WELLS Valve gate wells shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. Valve gate well size and material shall be as follows: Valve Sim Larger than 100mm (4") Gate Wei! Size and Material 200mm (8B) diameter Class 150, C-900 PVC 1. PVC gate wells for use in recycled water system applications shall be white. 2. PVC gate wells for use in potable water system applications shall be white or blue. B. Gate well lids shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. 1. Gate well box lids shall be circular ductile-iron, and shal! include a skirt for a close fit inside the upper portion of the gate well. Lids shall be cast with the AGENCY NAME (CMWD) and the word WATER for use on potable water systems, and Recycled Water for recycled water systems. 2. Lids shall be Brooks 4TT with long skirt or approved equal. 3. Normally closed potable water valves and recycled water valves shall use box lids by Brooks 3RT or approved equal. 4. Lid sizes shal! be as follows: Gate Well Ud Larger than 100mm (4") where the speed limit is 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater Machined ductile-iron frame and 200mm (8") lid with 150mm (6") long skirt 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRiLLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 15000-6 2.11 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Stem extensions shall be complete with operating nut, location ring, and lower socket to fit valve-operating nut. The configuration of the extension stem nut shall match that of the valve it operates. A. Stem extensions shall be square fiberglass tubing glued together to make a continuous one-piece unit used to a maximum length of 2.4m, eight feet (81). B. Steel stem extensions shall be used where the maximum length of the extension exceeds 2.4m (81) or at the request of the District Engineer. Steel stem extensions may be round or square hot-dipped galvanized steel tubing of solid design (no pinned couplings permitted) with guides. 2.12 METER BOXES Meter boxes shall be polymer-type boxes with lids selected from the Approved Materials List. A. Meter box sizes shall be as follows: 250mm x 500mm (12" x 20")25mm (1") water services 425mm x 750mm (17" x 30")50mm (2") water services B. Meter box lids for use in potable water system applications shall be gray. C. Meter box lids for use in recycled water system applications shall be purple. 2.13 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Materials used to identify pipe and appurtenances used for recycled water, not manufactured in purple color, shall be as described in Carlsbad Reclamation Rules & Regulation for Construction of Reclaimed Water Mains. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) A. All high line piping, fittings, and service connections shall be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall make connections to a water source designated by the District Engineer. B. Al! pipe, valves, fittings, hose and connections furnished by the Contractor shall be of good quality, clean, and suitable for conveying potable water in the opinion of the District Engineer. 9/21/07 GENERAL PiPSNG SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. The high line pipe shall be installed in such a manner that it will not present a hazard to traffic and will not interfere with access to homes and driveways along its route. D. Valves shall be installed at 60m (200') intervals or as directed by the District Engineer. The use of pressure reducing valves (PRV) may be required as directed by the District Engineer. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for disinfecting all high lines, connections, and flushing. F. Following disinfection and acceptance of the high line as a potable water system, the Contractor shall maintain continuous service through the high line piping to all consumers normally served both directly and indirectly by the pipeline. G. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove the high line piping and appurtenances. H. If progress in making repairs to the high line is inadequate, the District Engineer, may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing District personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (WET TAPS AND CUT-IN INSTALLATIONS) The Contractor shall furnish the tapping sleeve or tee, valves and all other materials as called for in the Standard Specifications in accordance with the Approved Materials List. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the connection including, but not limited to, backfill and pavement replacement. In certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, high line, and fittings as part of the equipment for making the connections. In addition, the Contractor shall assist the District in alleviating any hardship incurred during a shutdown for connections. Emergency standby equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the District Engineer. Wet taps or cut-in tee and valve installations shall be performed as follows: A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the proposed connection. The District shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor's repair of trench. Contractor shall record the following information on as-built drawings: 1. Pipe size, outside diameter. 2. Pipe type such as ACP, PVC, Ductile-Iron or Steel. 3. Pipe class and/or pressure rating. 4. Elevation, grade, and alignment. 5. Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, if found. Note: Collars, bells, fittings, or couplings shall not be within 18-inches of the outer dimension of the tapping saddle. 6. Potential conflicts with existing utilities. ^_ 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-8 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in alignment, the Contractor shall leave a minimum 3.0m (101) gap between the new pipe installation and the proposed connection point at the existing water main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 3.0m (10') if conditions warrant, or if directed by the Engineer. C. The new pipeline shall have successfully passed pressure testing in accordance with Section 15044 and disinfection and bacteriological testing in accordance with Section 15041 prior to proceeding with the connection to the existing pipeline. D. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the Contractor shall schedule with the District for the wet tap or cut-in installation. 1. Shutdowns will be scheduled at the convenience of the District. Shutdowns may be scheduled for nights or weekends if required. 2. The Contractor shall give the District a minimum of 5 working days notice prior to any proposed excavation or shutdown of existing mains or services. Scheduling shall be subject to approval by the District Engineer. 3. The District may postpone or reschedule any shutdown operation if, for any reason, the District Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the connection. 4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate, the Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing District personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Contractor may proceed with excavation only after potholing has been completed, materials have been approved and delivered, and wet tap or cut-in installation has been scheduled with approved Connection Permit. 1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in installation. 2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance with the agency of jurisdiction and as deemed necessary for the excavation by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall de-water existing mains in full compliance with NPDES standards where cut-in installations are required and shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with Section 15041. Only District personnel are authorized to operate existing valves. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage resulting from unauthorized operation of existing District facilities. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES 15000-9 4. The Contractor under the inspection of the City shall perform the following work for wet taps and cut-in installations: a. Wet taps: Disinfect and install and tapping saddle and tapping valve and perform tapping operations. b. Cut-ins: Cut and remove portions of existing mains, and disinfect and install tees, valves, couplings, and appurtenances required to complete the closure. The Contractor shall discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service in accordance with this Section. 5. After the Contractor has performed tapping or cut-in operations, and the Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the installation as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Specifications including, but not limited to: a. Disinfecting and installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the closure to the new system. b. Installing and setting the valve gate well(s) in accordance with the Standard Drawings. c. Installing thrust and anchor blocks in accordance with Section 03300. d. Completing all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with Section 02223. e. Repairing or replacing pavement as necessary. 3.3 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as described below: A. Use plain-end pipe with flexible couplings per AWWA C200. Provide joint harnesses per AWWA M11 for aboveground applications or where indicated on the Approved Plans. B. Flexible couplings may be used only where indicated on the drawings. C. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe ends and touch-up the epoxy coating and allow time for curing before installing the coupling. Clean the gaskets before installing. D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for installation and bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque wrench. E. Lubricate the bolt threads with graphite prior to installation. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-10 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.4 GROOVED-END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE Grooved-end or shouldered couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as described below: A. Grooved-end or shouldered joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Clean loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and dirt from the pipe or fitting groove and touch-up the epoxy coating as necessary, allowing time for curing before installing the coupling. C. Clean the gasket before installation. Apply a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List to the gasket exterior including lips, pipe ends, and housing interiors. D. Fasten the coupling alternately and evenly until the coupling halves are seated. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque wrench. 3.5 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as described below: A. Length of pipe to be restrained on each side of bends, tees, reducers and other fittings shall be determined by the Private Engineer or manufacturer of the restraint device. B. Split ring restraint shall be installed on the spigot end of pipe, connected to a back-up ring which seats behind the bell of the adjoining pipe or fitting. C. Restraint devices can be installed prior to lowering pipe into the trench. D. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.6 BOLTS AND NUTS A. All bolts and nuts shall be new and unused. B. Bolts and nuts shall be cleaned, if needed, by wire brushing and lubricated prior to assembly. C. Tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. D. Buried bolts and nuts shall receive a heavy coat of protective non-oxide grease coating selected from the Approved Materials List prior to being wrapped with polyethylene. E. All stainless steel bolts shall be coated with an anti-seize compound selected from the Approved Materials List. F. Bolts and nuts shall not be reused once tightened. Used bolts and nuts shall be discarded and removed from the job. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-11 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all metal surfaces. Pipe: All ductile-iron pipe shall be encased with polyethylene sleeves in accordance with Method A described in AWWA C105, or with polyethylene wrap in accordance with Method C described in AWWA C105. Fittings: Fittings such as tees, bends and reducers shall be encased with polyethylene wrap in accordance with AWWA C105. Valves: Valves shall have only the stem and operating nut exposed and the wrap shall be attached so that valve operation will not disturb the wrapping or break the seal. B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape or plastic tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a manner that will hold the sleeve securely in place during backfill. Polyethylene wrap shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape in a manner that will hold the wrap securely in place during backfill. 3.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed as described below in accordance with the Standard Drawings. A. Tape shall be placed at the top of the pipe zone 300mm (12") above and centered over the utility intended for identification. Tape used with onsite potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be installed at 150mm (6") above the pipe. B. Tape shall be installed with the printed side up and run continuously along the entire length of the utility intended for identification. Tape shall be installed on the main piping and all appurtenant laterals, including blowoffs, air valve assemblies, fire hydrants, and services. Tape splices shall overlap a minimum of 600mm (24") for continuous coverage. C. Tape shall be installed prior to placement of the Trench Zone Backfill. 3.9 GATE WELLS AND VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as described below: A. Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 1.5m (5') below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 300mm (12") and 450mm (18") below the gate well lid. Valve stem extensions shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.10 METER BOX INSTALLATION Meter boxes shall be installed at the elevations and locations shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Near the completion of the project, a final meter box adjustment to finish grade may be required. Water meters 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-12 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION shall not be installed until final adjustments are made to the meter box and approved by the District. 3.11 ABANDONMENT OR REMOVAL FROM SERVICE OF EXISTING FACILITIES Before excavating for new mains that are to replace existing pipes or services, the Contractor shall make provisions for the continuation and maintenance of service to customers as directed by the District Engineer. Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the District Engineer shall be as directed by the District Engineer. Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the District Engineer shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings: A. Abandonment in place: 1. Existing pipe 100mm (4") and smaller shall have a short section of pipe removed and pipe ends encased in concrete. 2. Existing pipe 150mm (6") through 350mm (14") shall be cut and plugged with concrete or shall be pressure-grouted at intervals of 60m (2001) as recommended by the Engineer. 3. Existing pipe 400mm (16") and larger shall be entirely filled by pressure-grouting or by blown sand as determined by the Engineer. 4. Existing pipe ends shall be filled with concrete. 5. All valves shall be removed with remaining pipe or fittings permanently sealed with blind flange or concrete plug. 6. Gate wells shall be cut 600mm (24") below grade and filled with 1-2 slurry sack concrete or removed and replaced with compacted backfill. 7. Water service corporation stops shall be closed. Meter boxes and curb stops shall be removed. Service laterals shall be cut back a minimum of 24-inches below the finish grade. 8. Water services to be abandoned that are connected to pipelines that will remain in service shall be abandoned in-place. 9. Sewer laterals shall be cut and plugged with concrete or capped at the main as directed by the Engineer for the specific circumstance and material type identified. 10. Sewer access holes shall have the cover and frame, concrete ring, grade rings and cone section removed. Inlet and outlet piping shall be plugged with concrete, 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-13 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION manhole void shall be filled with sand, and a 300mm (12") thick, reinforced concrete slab shall be poured over the top of remaining manhole. The Contractor shall backfill hole to ground surface with compacted select fill. B. Removal by excavation: 1. Existing pipe and appurtenances shall be removed from the ground as indicated on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. 2. Contractor shall provide measures that allow for the removal of existing sewer mains and appurtenances with no leakage of raw sewage. Transportation of sewer mains and appurtenances removed from service shall be in waterproof trucks to prevent raw sewage from leaking on public streets. 3. Removal of asbestos-cement pipe (ACP) and sewer mains and appurtenances shall be in accordance with all applicable State and Federal requirements. Legal disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain approval from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites. 4. Backfill, compaction, and surface repair of all excavations for removal of pipe and appurtenances shall be made in accordance with the Approved Plans, Section 02223 of the Standard Specifications, and the Standard Drawings. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-14 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.12 SALVAGE When the Contractor is required to remove existing pipe and appurtenances, or portions thereof, from the ground, such material may, at the discretion of the Engineer, be considered salvage. All materials identified as salvage are considered property of the District. A. The Contractor shall remove and temporarily stockpile all materials identified as salvage in a safe location that will not disrupt traffic or shall deliver salvage to the District's Field Operations Yard as directed by the District Engineer. B. The Contractor shall legally dispose of all other materials in an appropriate manner. Disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain concurrence from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites and transportation methods. 3.13 RECONNECTIONS A. The Contractor may encounter unused service laterals or appurtenant piping connected to an existing pipeline being replaced. Laterals and appurtenance piping that will not be connected to the new pipeline shall be abandoned as described in Section 3.11. B. Existing service laterals or appurtenances to be connected to new pipelines shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 9/21/07 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15000-15 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15041 DISINFECTION OF PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and recycled water mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. American Water Works Association (AWWA) B300 Standard for Hypochlorites B301 Standard for Liquid Chlorine C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances B. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines C. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe of Fittings D. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. All water mains and appurtenances taken out of service for inspection, repairs, or other activity that might lead to contamination shall be disinfected before they are returned to service. B. All new water mains and temporary high lines shall be disinfected prior to connection to the District's existing system. C. All components incorporated into a connection to the District's existing system shall be disinfected prior to installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. A written disinfection and dechlorination plan signed by a certified chlorinator shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to starting disinfection or dechlorination operations. Plan for disinfection method and procedure shall include equipment used to inject the chlorine solution, gauges or scales to measure the rate at which chlorine is injected, qualifications of personnel, testing location and schedule, source of water and water disposal locations. Personnel performing the disinfection shall demonstrate a minimum of five years experience in the chlorination and dechlorination of pipelines. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. Qualification of certified testing laboratory. -^v C. Emergency Response Plan. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals knowledgeable and experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety equipment in accordance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The transport, storage and handling of these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, CFR 49.172 Hazardous Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194. 1.7 CONCURRENT DISINFECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING The specified disinfection of the pipelines may be performed concurrently with the hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15044. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, additional disinfection may be required by the Engineer in accordance with this specification. 1.8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be performed in accordance with this specification, and hydrostatic testing shall be performed per Section 15044. A District Connection Permit is required authorizing connection to an existing system shall and be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 CHLORINE (GAS) A. Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel containers in net weights of 68.1kg (150 Ib.) or 907.2kg (1 ton). B. Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and injectors to provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators and injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type. 2.2 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID) Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in size from 0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal.). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15% available chlorine. 2.3 TABLET OR GRANULAR HYPOCHLORITE Tablet or granular hypochlorite may be used if a solution container is utilized to provide a continuous feed method. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary sample ports have been installed and the Engineer provides authorization. B. Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry during the installation process. C. All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a 5 percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation. D. Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or groundwater shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear water is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved by the Engineer. 3.2 METHODS A. Chlorine (Gas) 1. Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted. The equipment shall incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source used to fill the line being tested. 2. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected. 3. Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II Treatment Plant Operator Certification from the State of California if required by the Engineer. B. Sodium Hypochlorite Solution (Liquid) 1. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all components of connections to the District's existing system. 2. Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly installed water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system to be chlorinated using an injector which can adjust the amount of solution being injected into the piping system. The solution shall be injected in the appropriate concentration to achieve the specified concentration range of chlorine throughout the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in conjunction with an injector, an integral backflow prevention device shall be used and connected to the potable water supply. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3. Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other equipment in contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use. 4. Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine residual if the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to be low. The solution shall be added to the system in sufficient amounts at appropriate locations to ensure that the disinfecting solution is present at a concentration within the specified range throughout the piping system. 3.3 PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES A. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1,135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less. B. Disinfection shall result in a total chlorine concentration of not less than 25-mg/l. This concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected, using a continuous feed method of chlorination. C. All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline. All appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length of time to ensure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of each appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) D. The Engineer will verify the presence of the disinfection solution throughout the system by sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the various appurtenances and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas of the system found to be below the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as noted above and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial charging of the line shall be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium hypochlorite method as directed by the Engineer. E. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours. The District Engineer will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the 24-hour soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%, the system shall be soaked for an additional 24-hour period. If the total chlorine residual has not deceased after this additional 24-hour period, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein. If the total chlorine residual has decreased, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein, and shall be re-disinfected. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION F. Following a successful retention period as determined by the District Engineer, the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each appurtenance, using potable water from a source designated by the District Engineer. The minimum water velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second) or as directed by the Engineer. Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the new system is equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply as verified by the District. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) G. The Contractor shall contract with a State certified sampling laboratory to perform sampling, transport samples and perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified herein. 3.4 DISCHARGE OF CHLORINATED WATER A. Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage courses or surface waters of chlorinated water is prohibited. In locations where chlorine neutralization is required, the reducing agent shall be applied to the water as it exits the piping system. The Developer shall monitor the chlorine residual during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations, and for the discharge of chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters of the San Diego Region are as follows: Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations 30-Day Average - 0.002 mg/l Average Daily Maximum - 0.008 mg/l Instantaneous Maximum - 0.02 mg/l The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/l, which will assure compliance with the effluent limit. The Developer will perform all necessary tests, keeping and providing records to the Engineer to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations listed above are met. B. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.5 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING ^\ ^/The Contractor shall employ a State certified laboratory to perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the District shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water testing. The testing laboratory will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria employed by the District for a passing test sample is as follows: A. Coliform bacteria: no positive sample, and B. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less. 3.6 REDISINFECTION If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the pipeline system shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-stamped. The chlorination, flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Re-disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 DISINFECTING TIE-INS AND CONNECTIONS Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into connections with the District's existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line shall be flushed as directed by the District Engineer. Disinfection by this method is generally limited to assemblies of 6m (20') or less in length. Alternate methods such as "predisinfection" prior to installation in accordance with AWWA C651 may be required at the discretion of the District Engineer. 01/19/06 DISINFECTION OF PIPING WATER DISTRIBUTION 15041-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15044 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing of all pressure mains. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances B. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping C. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe of Fittings D. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe 1.3 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING A. Provide testing procedure submittal including testing pressure, testing schedule, test bulkhead locations, and water supply details. B. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed prior to testing. C. The pipe trench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with a minimum of 0.76m (2.51) of material over the pipe. D. All concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop a minimum strength of 13.79 MPa (2,000 psi) before testing. E. Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted only after the entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or anchors as shown on the Approved Plans. F. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all pipe lengths within the line have been in place for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint has been mortared. 1.4 CONCURRENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to or concurrently with the disinfection operations in accordance with Section 15041. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, the District may require additional disinfection in accordance with Section 15041. "***"•"*" 01/19/06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15044-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains. A District Connection Permit authorizing connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 WATER A. Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled water mains. B. Potable water shall be supplied by a District-approved source. Make-up water for testing shall also be potable water. C. A chlorinated water solution, in accordance with Section 15041, shall be used to charge the line and for make-up water when hydrostatic testing and disinfection operations are combined. D. Meet all applicable state and local requirements for disposal of testing water. 2.2 CONNECTIONS A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15112 at the point of connection to the potable water source used. B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable water to the piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be in accordance with Section 15000. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All water systems shall be pre-tested to insure passage of test prior to scheduling official test with inspector. B. The Contractor shall provide the District with a minimum of 48 hours' notice prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing. D. Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or where otherwise directed by the District. E. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The test shall be conducted with valves in the open position. The Contractor is not permitted to operate any valves on the District's system. 01/19/06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15044-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION F. At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and services shall be monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, if necessary, before the test proceeds. The appurtenances shall be monitored through the duration of the testing. G. For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled with water and placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to the actual hydrostatic test. H. Testing shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing District pipes and mains. I. The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the velocity of flow is less than 1 fps. J. Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one (1) test shall not exceed 2,500 linear feet or vertical elevation difference of 58 feet. 3.2 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE A. Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release all air within the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire hydrants, air release valves, or other approved locations. B. The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline during the test period. C. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump. D. Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring it whenever it falls an amount of 5 psi: Pipe Diameter (inches) Hours 18 and less 4 20 to 36 8 Greater than 36 24 E. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage for various sizes of PUC & DIP with rubber gaskets are shown in the following table: TYPE OF PIPE: P.V.C. & D.I.P. CLASSES: 150&200 Pipe Sizes Allowable Leakage (inches) Gals/4 hrs/1000' of pipe 4" .33 Gals 6" .50 Gals 8" .66 Gals 10" .83 Gals. 12" .99 Gals. 01/19/06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15044-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 1.16 Gals. 1.32 Gals. 1.49 Gals. 1.66 Gals. 1.98 Gals. 3 F. The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe shall be zero gallons. G. The allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero gallons. H. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above criteria. 3.3 TEST PRESSURE Pipe sizes in excess of 16" diameter shall be tested at a pressure based on hydraulic gradient elevation (H.G.L) as shown on the drawings. If no test H.G.L. is shown, the pipeline at the low point in test section shall be pumped to a hydrostatic test pressure of 75 p.s.i. in excess of the pressure class of pipe. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. Pipe sizes 16" diameter and less shall be tested at 75 p.s.i. in excess to the pressure class of the pipeline. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. The test pump gauge and meter shall be connected to the water main at a location other than the highest point in the line, in order to allow release of air from the high point. Means shall be provided for accurately measuring the quantity of water pumped through a meter and pumped into the pipe immediately, during and after the test period in order to maintain or restore the initial test pressure. All pipe, fittings, valves, services and appurtenances shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test and irrespective of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall be repaired by the Contractor at the contractor's expense and no cost to Carlsbad Municipal Water district. If a tested system is damaged or a leak occurs after official test the entire system or portion of system will be retested as directed by Inspector. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES 15044-4 SECTION 15056 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings for potable water systems. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ANSI B16.42 ASTM A536 AWWAC104 AWWAC105 AWWAC111 AWWA C600 Ductile iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings, classes 150 and 300 Specification for ductile iron castings Cement mortar lining for ductile iron pipe and fittings for water Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe systems Rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron pipe Installation of ductile iron water mains and their appurtenances 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances B. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines C. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Ductile-iron pipe shall be used only in specific areas, locations, and uses allowed by the District. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153. Gray-iron and cast-iron fittings or flanges shall not be used. 2. Ductile-iron fittings manufactured per AWWA C153 shall be installed on mains 300mm (12") and smaller only. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3. Joints for ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be mechanical, flanged, or push-on in accordance with AWWA C110, C111, and C153. 4. Except as amended herein, or otherwise shown on the Approved Plans, joints for ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the adjacent piping. 5. Joints in buried piping may be of the push-on, flanged or mechanical-joint type per AWWA C111 except where particularly specified on the Approved Drawings. 6. Joints that are aboveground, within structures, or submerged shall be flanged unless otherwise shown on the Approved Plans. B. Unless otherwise specified, ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with AWWA C115, rated at a working pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). Where required in order to connect to the flanges of 1,724 KPa (250 psi) butterfly valves, or as otherwise shown on the approved plans, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class "F". Maximum working pressure of flanges shall be as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI. Flanges shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110 or shop-threaded per AWWA C115. Flanges shall be solid. Hollow-back flanges are not permitted. Gray-iron or cast-iron flanges are not permitted. Threading of flanges in the field is not permitted. Where threaded flanges are used, the pipe or spool piece to which they are connected will be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the Engineer prior to installation. The pipe section or spool piece shall be hydrostatically tested for 15 minutes at the pressure rating of the flanges. No leaks shall be permitted. C. Plain ends shall conform to the requirement of AWWA C151 and to the dimensions included within AWWA C110 to accept a mechanical joint, push-on joint, flanged coupling adaptor, flexible coupling, or grooved coupling. Refer to Section 15000 for coupling descriptions. D. The exterior surfaces of all pipe and fittings shall be factory coated with a minimum one-(1) mil thick petroleum asphaltic material per AWWA 0110 and C151. E. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104, using the double thickness requirements indicated in said standard. Type II or Type V Portland cement per ASTM C 150 shall be used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement certifying that each lot or load of pipe and fittings has been subjected to and met the tests specified for ductile-iron pipe and fittings per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153, as applicable. B. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the joint is made. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Ductile-iron pipe shall bear indelible identification markings as required by AWWA C151. 1.7 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted and reviewed by the District prior to shipping of ductile-iron pipe and fittings: A. An affidavit of compliance with AWWA C104, C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, C153, and the requirements of this specification. B. Typical joint details. C. Typical details and description of lining and coating. D. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness. E. Calculations demonstrating that each proposed restrained joint arrangement can resist the applied forces. F. Cathodic protection materials. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery, storage, and handling of ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall follow the recommendations of AWWA C600 and as specified herein: A. Handling of pipe shall be performed with lifts, cranes, or other suitable equipment and devices. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe, linings, and coatings. The pipes shall not be dropped or dragged. B. During transport, the pipe shall be supported and secured against movement using padded devices in such a manner to prevent damage. C. Stored pipe shall be protected from damage and kept free from dirt and foreign materials by closing the ends of the pipe. Other pipeline materials shall be protected by appropriate packaging or wrapping. Gaskets shall be stored in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a dry location in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. D. Pipe laid out for installation shall be placed on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of installation. E. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and fittings in good condition until the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray clean potable water inside the pipe for moisture control. F. Under no circumstances shall ropes or other devices be attached through the fitting's interior for handling. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 1.9 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be installed for buried ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. 1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 DUCTILE-IRON Ductile-iron pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 2.2 GASKETS A. Mechanical joint rubber gasket configuration and materials shall comply with AWWA C111, and according to the applicable joint type and pressure rating of the piping system. B. Flange gaskets shall be 3.2mm (1/8") thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes. Ring gaskets extending to the inner edge of the bolt circumference may be used only upon approval of the District Engineer. C. Push-on joint rubber gaskets shall be per AWWA C111. D. If organic solvents or petroleum products are encountered during the course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment may be required by the Engineer. 2.9 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.2 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Trenching, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. 3.3 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 3.4 PIPE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Install pipe in the trench as follows: A. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the pipe or fitting into the trench. Inspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field with material recommended by the protective coating manufacturer. Thoroughly clean the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe clean during and after installation. 01/19/06 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 15056-5 B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation. Install pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10%. Lower the pipe onto the bedding at the proper lines and grades. C. The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of curvature that can be negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths shall be followed, except they shall not exceed the deflections allowed in AWWA C600 according to joint type. Combined deflections at rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. D. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell end or coupling. E. Pipe Assembly: 1. Push-On Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted. 2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical joint fittings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations regarding installation. F. During installation operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. '^**r G. When pipe installation is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water, animals, or foreign material to enter the pipe. 3.5 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be used for the buried installation of ductile iron pipe and fittings and shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000. 3.6 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Drawings. A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines. B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to assembly. C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a District-approved anti-seize compound. D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's recommended torque. E. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts located aboveground or within vaults in accordance with Section 09900. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-6 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.7 MECHANICAL JOINT CONNECTIONS A. Install mechanical joint connections per AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prior to installation of the mechanical joint, clean the socket and plain end of the pipe. Lubricate both the gasket and plain end of the pipe with an approved lubricant per AWWA C111 immediately prior to slipping the gasket onto the plain end of the pipe. C. Tighten the bolts to the normal range of bolt torque per the manufacturer's recommendations and AWWA C600k, Table 3, as follows: Pipe Diameter Bolt Size Range of Torque 75 mm (3") 16 mm (5/8") 61-81 N-M (45-60 tt.-lb.) 100-600 mm (4-24") 19 mm (3/4") 102-122 N-M (75-90 ft.-lb.) 750-900 mm (30-36") 25 mm (1") 136-163 N-M (100-120 ft.-lb.) 3.8 CROSSES A. Each flanged ductile-iron cross shall be installed with flanged ductile-iron pipe spools between the cross and the valves. The spools are included to position the valves a sufficient distance from the cross to allow installation of the thrust blocks without conflicting with the valve actuators. B. The spools shall be 450mm (18") long for pipe sizes 200mm (8") through 300mm (12"), and 600mm (24") long for pipe sizes 400mm (16") and larger. C. The spools shall be equal in class to the adjacent pipe. 3.9 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans. 3.10 COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE Mechanical type flexible joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Drawings. Grooved couplings shall be used in vaults and above ground. Flexible couplings may be used, where indicated on the drawings, below ground, but may also be used above ground with restrained joints. Flanged coupling adapters shall be used for buried pipelines, where allowed by the District. A. Grooved joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and as indicated in Section 15000. B. Flanged coupling adapters, where allowed by the District, shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Flexible couplings shall be installed per Section 15000 and the manufacturer's recommendations. D. All couplings for ductile-iron pipe shall be shop-coated in accordance with Section 15000. 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-7 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.11 CONCRETE A ^J Concrete thrust or anchor blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans in accordance with Section 03300. 3.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.13 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.14 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. o 01/19/06 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER DISTRIBUTION 15056-8 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, pressure pipe, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. Specifications for related Work are as follows: AWWA C900 ANSIA21.10 AWWA C110 AWWA C153 AWWA Manual M23 PVC Pressure Pipe Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Ductile Iron Compact Fittings Pipe Design and Installation 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Disinfection of Piping: 15041 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipeline: 15044 1.3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawing. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C900, the Plans and Specifications. 1.4 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) 15064-1 PART 2 - MATERIALS /-% 2.1 GENERAL Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HDB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23 C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C900 Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.5.1 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 PIPE PVC pressure pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900, and shall be of the sizes and pressure classes shown on the Plans. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.2 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 14,18, or 25. The pipe shall be manufactured by J.M. Manufacturing Company, Certainteed Corporation, Pacific Western Extruded Plastics Company or approved equal. 2.3 FITTINGS All fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI ^M*. A21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters Q^ "Dl" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 150 and Class 200 cast-iron equivalent PVC pressure pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 2.4 SERVICES SADDLES Service saddles for PVC pressure pipe shall be made of silicone bronze or brass and shall be double banded or wide single band style. The band(s) and nuts shall be type 304 stainless steel and designed specifically for use with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Each saddle shall accurately fit the contour of the pipe O.D. without causing distortion of the pipe. The saddle shall be securely held in place with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The service saddle shall have a published working pressure at least equal to the pressure class of the pipe on which it is installed. All saddles shall be provided with torque information and installation instructions. Saddles shall be in accordance with Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Potable Water Mains. 9/21/07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15064-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LENGTHS Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length 10-feet) sections. No deflections at bells, fittings or of the pipe will be allowed. The use of deflection collars shall be required. 3.2 MARKING Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.6 (Marking Requirements). For potable water application, the pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included. All fittings for PVC water transmission pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "Dl" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 165 and Class 235 cast-iron equivalent PVC water transmission pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 3.3 EARTHWORK Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of SSPWC. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATIONS PROCEDURES AND WORKMANSHIP PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. 9/21/07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15064-3 3.5 LONGITUDINAL BENDING ^ ***r No longitudinal bending shall be allowed in the installation of PVC pressure pipe. All deflections shall be accomplished by the use of deflection collars or couplings specifically designed for use with PVC C900 pipe and the deflections as installed shall not exceed the manufacturers written recommendations. 3.6 PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will not scratch the pipe) may be used. 3.7 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall consist of Class B portland cement concrete containing not less than five sacks of portland cement ^i% per cubic yard and shall conform to SSPWC. Concrete blocks shall be placed between ^^ the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the Owner's Representative. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. 3.8 MECHANICAL THRUST RESTRAINT No mechanical thrust restraint devices which transfer forces from fittings to the PVC pipe wall shall be permitted. 3.9 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. 9/21/07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15064-4 3.10 LEAKAGE TEST General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15044, Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipe. 3.11 DISINFECTION Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15041, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of Piping. 9/21/07 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE WATER DISTRIBUTION AND FITTINGS (AWWA C900) RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15064-5 SECTION 15074 BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of blowoff assemblies. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Section 09900 Painting and Coating B. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances C. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping D. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines E. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings F. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-905 Pressure Pipe G. Section 15100 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 1.3 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be sized and located as shown on the Approved Plans. In general, blowoff assemblies will be installed at low points of pipelines as shown below: 1. 50mm (2") blowoff assemblies or multiple 50 mm (2") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipelines 100mm (4"), thru 300mm (12"). 2. 100mm (4") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipeline sizes 300mm (12") thru 400mm (16"). 3. 150mm (6") blowoff assembly will be required on pipeline sizes 450mm (18") and larger. 1.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for blowoff assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. 9/21/07 BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15074-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION PART 2 MATERIALS ^ 2.1 GENERAL Blowoff assemblies and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.2 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.3 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900 and the Approved Materials List. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be connected to water mains no closer than 600mm ^. (24") to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. ^j C. Locations of blowoff assembly shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.2 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.3 DISINFECTION OF BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES Blowoff assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. Blowoff assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly shall be flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.4 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Blowoff assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with hydrostatically testing the pipeline to which it is connected. ********* 9/21/07 BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES *^\ WATER DISTRIBUTION 15074-2 ^ng</ RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15092 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION All valves, couplings, and appurtenances shall conform to requirements of the standard dimensions and pressure classification of the immediately adjacent pipe, valve or appurtenance as specified. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Section 09900 Painting and Coating B. Section 09902 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating 1.3 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3, Shop Drawing Submittals. The following submittals are required: A. Submit Shop Drawings for all miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances. Shop Drawings shall include listing of materials of construction, with ASTM reference and grade, including lining and paint coating intended for use, with lining and coating manufacturers' and paint numbers listed. 1.4 PAYMENT Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 GASKETS, NUTS, AND BOLTS Gaskets for flanged joints shall be "drop-in" type asbestos composition sheet packing, graphited on both sides, "drop-in" type, conforming to the requirements of ANSI B16.21 and shall be as manufactured by Crane Co., Garlock or approved equal. Bolts and studs for aboveground installations shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B, "Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Holes," when a ring gasket is used and shall conform to either ASTM A261, "Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Bolting Material" or ASTM A193, "Alloy-Steel Bolting Material for High Temperature Service," when a full-face gasket is used. Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagon series. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service" either in Grade 1, 2 or 2H. The fit shall be ANSI B1.1, "Unified Screw Threads," Class 2, except that Class 3 fit shall be used in holes tapped for studs. Threads may be made by either cutting or cold forming. 9/21/07 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15092-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION Between 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. Washers shall be provided for each nut and shall be the same material as each nut. All buried flanges, including bolts, nuts and washers, shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. 2.2 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all couplings and appurtenances for underground installation shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. 2.3 PAINTING AND COATING All miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances referenced in this section shall be painted and coated, interior and exterior, in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. 2.4 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Joints for which flexible couplings are required, shall be made with Baker, Smith-Blair, or approved equal. Gaskets shall be plain rubber gaskets. Threads on bolts of compression collars shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease before assembling the coupling. For cast-iron, ductile-iron or asbestos cement pipe sizes 2-inches through 16-inches, use Baker Series 228, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Transition couplings shall be Baker Series 212, Smith-Blair Series 413, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adapters for cast iron or ductile iron pipe sizes 4-inches through 12-inches shall be Baker Series 601, Smith-Blair Series 912, or approved equal. Flanged coupling adaptors for cast or ductile iron pipe greater than 12-inches shall be Baker Series 602 or Smith-Blair Series 913. 2.5 PIPE UNIONS Screw unions may be employed on pipelines 2-1/2-inches in diameter and smaller. Pipes and fittings made of non-ferrous metals shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions or couplings manufactured by Smith-Blair, Pipe Seal and Insulator Co. or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) 9/21/07 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15092-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15099 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing and installation of manually operated process valves such as check valves, pressure control valves, pressure reducing valves and ball valves. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association AWWA C508 Standards for Swing Check Valve ASTM B62 Standards for Ball Vales 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Sections 09900 Painting and Coating B. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances C. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping D. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines E. Section 15108 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve and Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATIONS Check valves, pressure control valves, pressure reducing valves, bronze gate valves and ball valves are primarily used in the installation of potable and recycled water main appurtenances and where called for on the Approved Plans and indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.5 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted to the District for review and approval prior to ordering or delivery of valves per Section 2-5.3 Submittals. 9/21/07 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15099-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION A. The valve manufacturers catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. B. Manufacturers catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. C. Installation procedures including field adjustments as required. 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the appurtenance in which they are to be installed with unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system or appurtenance in which they are to be installed or as called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Valves shall remain in factory packaging until ready for installation. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. 1.9 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of valves in accordance with Section 15000. 1.10 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Valve boxes and extension stems shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 RUBBER-FLAPPER SWING CHECK VALVE A. Swing check valves and appurtenant components shall be in accordance with AWWA C508 and selected from the Approved Materials List. A submittal will be required as described in this Section. B. Rubber-flapper swing check valves shall have a heavily constructed ductile-iron body and cover. The body shall be long pattern design (not wafer), with integrally cast-on end flanges. The flapper shall be Buna-N having an "O" ring seating edge and be internally reinforced with steel. 9/21/07 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15099-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Flapper shall be captured between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the flapper to flex from closed to full open position during flow through the valve. Flapper shall be easily removed without need to remove valve from line. Check valves shall have full pipe size flow area. Seating surface shall be on a 45° angle requiring the flapper to travel only 35° from closed to full open position, for minimum head loss and non-slam closure. D. Buna-N flapper shall be high-strength coated fabric, coated both sides with 70 DURO, which creates an elastic spring effect, molded internally, to assist the flapper to close against a slight head to prevent slamming. When essential to create backflow through the check valve, as directed by the District Engineer, an external backflow device shall be furnished. E. Valve ends shall be flanged ductile-iron in accordance with Section 15056 unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer. F. Check valves shall be tested by the manufacturer and the test results shall be approved by the District Engineer prior to shipment to the project. Check valves must unseat at a head no greater than 600mm (24"). 2.2 SMALL DIAMETER ISOLATING VALVES Provide all small diameter valves and cocks for shut-off process connections, instrumentation and other miscellaneous uses in accordance with the Approved Plans. These valves shall be of the same material and pressure rating as the adjacent process piping. Shutoff valves shall be compatible with instrumentation and other equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.3 CORPORATION STOPS Corporation stops shall be in the ball type with a bronze body and T-Head operator. Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed or as called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. Corporation stops shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Corporation stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 ANGLE METER STOPS Angle meter stops shall be the ball type with a bronze body and 90° lock wing. Valve ends shall be flare style inlet and swivel meter nut for 25mm (1") and meter flange for 50mm (2") outlets. Angle meter stops shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Angle meter stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.5 CUSTOMER METER SHUT-OFF VALVE Customer meter shut-off valves shall be the ball type with a bronze body and lever handle operator. Valve ends shall be swivel meter nut for 1" inlets and meter flange for 2" inlets. Customer meter shut-off valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 9/21/07 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15099-3 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 200 psi. The District Engineer may require the use of a customer meter shut-off valve equipped with a 90° lock wing. 2.6 BALL VALVES Ball valves 50mm (2") and smaller shall be of bronze construction conforming to ASTM B62 and equipped with a T-Head or lever handle operator as required. Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed or as indicated on the Approved Plans or Standard Drawings. Ball valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Ball valves shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.7 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Not Used. 2.8 POLYTHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.9 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 1 5000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be set in true alignment straddling the centerline of pipe with the valve operator in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans or shown on the Standard Drawings. B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used. C. Aboveg round valves shall be rigidly held in place using supports and hangers in accordance with the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. The stem orientation of valves in elevated piping shall be as approved by the District Engineer for accessibility, except that no valves shall be installed with stems aligned below horizontal. Saddle type valve supports shall be provided. Supports shall be of rugged construction providing at least one hundred twenty degrees (120°) under support for the valve body. Valve supports shall be constructed of steel, and shall be anchored to the foundations using stainless steel anchor bolts. 9/21/07 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15099-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 3.2 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000. 3.3 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF THE VALVES Disinfection and flushing shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the progress of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipelines in which they are installed in accordance with Section 15044. 9/21/07 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES WATER DISTRIBUTION 15099-5 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION SECTION 15100 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGVs) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated resilient wedge gate valves (RWGVs). 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances C. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping D. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines E. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings F. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-905 Pressure Pipe G. Section 15108 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve and Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Resilient wedge gate valves (RWGVs) shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains and appurtenances in accordance with the Approved Plans and the Standard Drawings. B. Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used for open/closed operations, throttling service and frequent operation after long periods of no actuation. C. In general, resilient wedge gate valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines and appurtenances 100m (4") through 400mm (16"). 1.5 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted for review and approval per Section 2-5.3, prior to ordering or delivery of resilient wedge gate valves. A. An affidavit from the valve manufacturer stating that valves have successfully passed hydrostatic tests in accordance with AWWA C509 and manufacturer's own coatings tests. 9/21/07 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGVS) WATER DISTRIBUTION 15100-1 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION B. The valve manufacturer's catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. C. Manufacturer's catalog data and proof of NSF certification for the lining materials to be used. 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer. Ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15056. 1.8 VALVE TESTING Resilient wedge gate valves shall be hydrostatically tested and valve coatings shall be holiday detected prior to shipment to the field in accordance with the testing procedures shown in Appendix A. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection shall be subject to rejection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until valves are ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. 1.10 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION 1.11 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of resilient wedge gate valves in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV's) A. Resilient wedge gate valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. RWGV's shall be ductile-iron in accordance with AWWA C509 and C515 except as modified herein. 9/21/07 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV'S) WATER DISTRIBUTION 15100-2 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION C. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets. D. All RWGV's shall be leak-tight at their rated pressure. E. RWGV's shall have a non-rising low-zinc bronze or stainless steel stem, opened by turning left (counterclockwise). F. Stem seals shall be the O-ring type incorporating a minimum of two rings as required by AWWA C509. G. Low-friction torque-reduction thrust washers or bearings shall be provided on the stem collar. H. Wedge (gate) shall be fully encapsulated with a bonded-in-place Nitrile elastomer covering. Minimum thickness of the rubber seating area shall be 6.35mm (1/4"). I. Valves for buried applications shall be provided with a 50mm (2") square operating nut, and valves located above ground or in structures shall be equipped with a hand wheel in accordance with AWWA C509 unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans. J. RWGV interior and exterior surfaces (except for the encapsulated disc) shall be coated as described below. K. All bolts and nuts used in the construction of RWGV's shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.2 EPOXY LINING AND COATING Epoxy linings and coatings for valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C210, C213, and C550, with the following modifications: A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining and coating of valves in the field is prohibited. B. Repairs made to manufactures applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. The facility shall be approved by the valve manufacturer. C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5, White-Metal Blast Cleaning. D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203mm (0.008" or 8 mils). Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance AWWA C210. F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in accordance with AWWA C213. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV'S) 15100-3 2.3 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Concrete thrust or anchor blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans according to Section 03300. 2.5 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical centerline of pipe and the operating nut in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used. C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056. 3.2 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000. 3.3 CONCRETE Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed in accordance the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve operators will be accessible for repairs or replacement. 3.4 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 9/21/07 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV'S) WATER DISTRIBUTION 15100-4 RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND c TENSION «*«„,, 3.5 DISINFECTION OF VALVES Disinfection and flushing of valves shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.6 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which they are installed in accordance with Section 15044. 3.7 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09910. 9/21/07 WATER DISTRIBUTION RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV'S) 15100-5 SECTION 15108 . AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes the materials and installation instructions for above ground air release valve, air and vacuum valve, and combination air valve assemblies. The term "air valve" is used generically in this specification to refer to requirements common to all of the specified air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and combination air valves. Otherwise, the various types of air valves are addressed by the individual designations commonly used in AWWA and industry standards. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association (AWWA) C512 Standards for Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings A. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Section 09900 Painting and Coating C. Section 15000 General Piping System and Appurtenances D. Section 15041 Disinfection of Piping E. Section 15044 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines F. Section 15056 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings G. Section 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-905 Pressure Pipe H. Section 15100 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Combination air valves are generally installed on all potable and recycled water mains at high points and where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer, combination air valves will be required as indicated below: "^efewe^' 09/21/07 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND WATER DISTRIBUTION COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15108-1 1. 25mm (1") combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 150mm (6") and 200mm (8"). 2. 50mm (2") combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 250mm (10") and 300m (12"). 3. Multiple (2") 50mm (4") combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 400mm (16") and 500mm (20"). 4. 150mm (6") combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 600mm (24") through 900mm (36"). C. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. 1.6 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Air valve assemblies and enclosures used for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification labels or signs in accordance with Carlsbad Municipal Water District Rules and Regulations for Reclaimed Water. 1.7 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for air valve assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 COMBINATION AIR VALVES A. Combination air valves and appurtenant components and materials suitable for the system pressure shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Combination air valves shall comply with AWWA C512 except as modified herein. C. 25m (1") and 50mm (2") combination air valves shall be the single-body type incorporating stainless steel internal components and National Pipe Threaded (NPT) inlet and outlet configurations. D. 100mm (4") and 150mm (6") Combination Air Valves shall be the single-body type. Valves shall incorporate stainless steel internal components, protective hood and flanged inlet. E. Internal protective epoxy coatings shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C550. 09/21/07 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND WATER DISTRIBUTION COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15108-2 1. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potableiwater. 2. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203m (0.008" or 8 mils). Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance with AWWAC210. 2.3 ENCLOSURES Air Valve Enclosures shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE Concrete anchor and thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans and in accordance with Section 03300. 2.5 BREAK-AWAY BOLTS Combination air valves, air release valves and air and vacuum valves located above ground sized 100mm (4") and larger shall be installed with break-away bolts in accordance with the Standard Drawings and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.7 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Air valve assemblies shall be provided as shown on the Approved Plans. Additional air valve assemblies may be required in areas of potential air entrapment, at the discretion of the District Engineer. B. Air valve assemblies shall be installed relative to street improvements in accordance with the Standard Drawings. C. Connections for the air valve assemblies shall be made within a section of the main line no closer than 600mm (24") to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. 3.2 DISINFECTION Air valve assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 09/21/07 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND WATER DISTRIBUTION COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15108-3 3.3 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Air valve assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with the pipeline to which they are connected. 3.4 FIELD PAINTING AND COATINGS A. Field repairs to the enclosure shall not be permitted. Enclosures requiring repairs to the coating shall be returned to the supplier or coating vendor for repairs or recoating in accordance with Section 09900. 09/21/07 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND WATER DISTRIBUTION COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES RANCHO CARRILLO OVER SIZING AND EXTENSION 15108-4 APPENDIX A EXISTING UTILITIES RANCHOCORTES CARLSBAD "«"=SAN DIEGO _2_ «. EOUAUZED35 -O- 2 Port Top 2» HI)- 4 Port Tup.715 1.250.750 tua MODE KHMUIIY H -S- • Port Top 76 - 896 0 50' Illllllllll SCALE 76 - 895 895) 76 - 921 50' SCALE 50' SCALE I 701 — 348 5^ir Hi_s. ^;1^^ V§ '1^; * v;£§i Si! ICO1 CIMVS MI Mmttwciuom ruert» A PW/CULMnm/trr or rirS*ii i! ^S? ^ilir^; ilj5::^ S5J I! 348- 348- 348- 1695 169B ,701 344- \ 344- I 344- 1695 I I69B \ 1701 STANDARD ELECTRIC :AC1LITY m i siricl • lorlh Coos! Northeast Thomas Br oi her < II27-J4 Revisi on Dni e V-O uii T! ','1346-1698A [_ .. Draft copy oni y - Not El ectr i c Geogrophi c Informal i on Management approved - No'Pfo be used for mark out or op era I ng NOTICE: ISUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF TU.H INFORMATION WHEREIN PROVIDED THE USER - r,: .,,; - vH'inTY r Ti R VERIFYING SUBSTRUCTURE APPENDIX B ENGINEERING STANDARDS 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLDERING REQUIREMENTS 2. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR LID PAINTING REQUIREMENTS 3. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR ASSEMBLY SIZE. WITH ANODE LEAD WIRE PER STD. DWG. NO 25. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG OUTLET ON PVC PRE5URE PIPE 8 OUTLET ON AC PIPE 8 OU TLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE 2" COPPER SERVICE PIPE. (TYPE 'K' SOFT). 2" ANGLE METER STOP 2" METER COMPANION FLANGE. (BRASS NUTS AND BOLTS). 8 rBRASS STREET ELL ADAPTER-2" M.I.P. X 2 1/2" NSHT W/ 2 1/2" CAP 10 12" DIA. C.I. VALVE BOX COVER MARKED WATER OR RECYCLED WATER 11 3D" DIAMETER X 8" THICK CONCRETE RING 12 12" GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SDR 55 REV.APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 2" BLOW-OFF / MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLIES CITY ENGINEER 6-OU DATE STANDARD DWG. NO.W6 CONNECT TO OUTLET! ASSY.LEAD WIRE PER STD. DWG. NO. 25 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLDERING REQUIREMENTS. 2. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. 3. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR ASSEMBLY SIZE. 4. ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS AIR VENT INLET. 5. POSITON ANODE MIDWAY BETWEEN PIPELINE AND VALVE BOX. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG 1" COPPER, (TYPE '«' , SOFT), 2" COPPER SER. PIPE. (TYPE "K" SOFT 14 OUTLET ON PVC PRESSURE PIPE 2" COPPER ADATER, COPPER SOLDER JOINT x MALE IPT, 0-300 PSI OUTLET ON AC PIPE 15 OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE 2" FLARED TUBE STR CPLG, COPPER x MALE IPT. 0-150 PSI OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE 16 1" OR 2" ANGLE METER STOP CONCRETE ANCHOR BLOCK WITH 2 CUBIC FEET METER BOX & COVER (TRAFFIC AREA) 17 2" CL 125 CAST BRONZE 90' ELBOW WITH FEMALE IPT METER BOX & COVER (NONTRAFFIC AREA) 18 2" BRASS PIPE, REGULAR WALL WITH MALE IPT 1" OR 2" HEAVY DUTY 19 50 x50 x6" CONCRETE PAD 10 COMBINATION AIR RELEASE. 1" OR 2" BRASS STREET "L" 20 2 COMB. AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM VALVE. FEMALE IPT 11 1" OR 2" X 6" BRASS NIPPLE 21 12 1" OR 2" SCHEDULE 40 PVC AIR VALVE ENCLOSURE FOR 2-INCH CAV ASSEMBLY 13 BRASS METER COMPANION FLANGE. (BRASS NUTS AND BOLTS ON 2'") 22 1 OR 2 METER STOP 25 2" BRONZE BALL VALVE REV.APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ABOVE SURFACE I 8, 2" AIR-VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY 8, APPURTENANCE CITY ENGINEER 6-04 DATE STANDARD DWG. NO. VV7~A B 1)OR(2. 24" DIA. [ PLAN ^FINISH GRADE. -AC PAVEMENT. REST ON BONNET OF VALVE. (2' CLEARANCE). SECTION A-A DOMESTIC WATER NOTES: 1. IN NON-ROAD AREAS PLACE MARKER POST NEXT TO VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. ( SEE DRAWING NO. 23 . SECTION B-B RECLAIMED WATER 2. SEE DRAWING NO. 23 FOR GATE VALVE EXTENSION. 3. UPPER SIDE OF LID TO RECIEVE 2 COATS OF PAINT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS, ( PAGE 4 ). ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG VAL. BOX & COVER WITH NON-SKID C.I. COVER AND LIFT HOLE. MARKED "WATER" VAL. BOX & COVER FOR NORMALLY CLOSED VALVE. VAL. BOX & COVER MARKED "RECYCLED WATER". 8" C900 PVC OR ASPHALT COATED WELL CASING. CONCRETE COLLAR IDENTIFY CONC. BY CLASS 560-C-3250 POLYETHYLENE VRAP REV.APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY CITY ENGINEER 6-01 DATE STANDARD DWG. NO.WI3 FITTING OR COUPLING.CAP. 39" MAX. REINFORCING STEEL DETAIL (RIGID PIPE) END CAP BLOCK VERTICAL BEND. /A=111/4',221/2t ( - y 45',50',60>. TEE (TOP VIEW). A=IH/4',221/2', 45\50<)60'. HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL BEND. NOTES: 1 FITTINGS SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON FOR D.I.P. & P.V.C.; CAST IRON FOR A.C.P. (CEMENT LINED SHORT BODY). 2. FOR A.C. PIPE, A WIN. 3-3 TO A 6-6" LENGTH INTO AND OUT OF ALL FITTINGS. MAX. TEE (SIDE VIEW). 3. CONCRETE SHALL BE 6 SACK, (3250 P.S.I.). A MIN. 3 DAY CURING TIME BEFORE HYDROSTATIC TEST. 4. SEE DWG'S. NO. 17 & 18 FOR REDUCER, PLUG, & BUTTERFLY VALVE THRUST BLOCKS. 5. ENGINEER TO PROVIDE CALCULATIONS FOR THRUST/ANCHOR BLOCK SIZE. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK. (560-C-3250) POLYETHYLENE WRAP. NO. 4 REINFORCING STEEL VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY. PL X RT OR "L X MJ GATE VALVE. REV.APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS FOR NON-RESTRAINED JOINTS CITY ENGINEER 6-0/* DATE STANDARD DWG. NO.WI5